1 //===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 // These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11 // definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12 //
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "TargetInfo.h"
16 #include "ABIInfo.h"
17 #include "CGCXXABI.h"
18 #include "CGValue.h"
19 #include "CodeGenFunction.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
21 #include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
22 #include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
23 #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
24 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
25 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
26 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
27 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
28 #include <algorithm>    // std::sort
29 
30 using namespace clang;
31 using namespace CodeGen;
32 
33 static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
34                                llvm::Value *Array,
35                                llvm::Value *Value,
36                                unsigned FirstIndex,
37                                unsigned LastIndex) {
38   // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
39   for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
40     llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I);
41     Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell);
42   }
43 }
44 
45 static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
46   return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
47          T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
48 }
49 
50 ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
51 
52 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
53                                               CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
54   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
55   if (!RD)
56     return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
57   return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
58 }
59 
60 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
61                                               CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
62   const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
63   if (!RT)
64     return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
65   return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
66 }
67 
68 /// Pass transparent unions as if they were the type of the first element. Sema
69 /// should ensure that all elements of the union have the same "machine type".
70 static QualType useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(QualType Ty) {
71   if (const RecordType *UT = Ty->getAsUnionType()) {
72     const RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
73     if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
74       assert(!UD->field_empty() && "sema created an empty transparent union");
75       return UD->field_begin()->getType();
76     }
77   }
78   return Ty;
79 }
80 
81 CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
82   return CGT.getCXXABI();
83 }
84 
85 ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
86   return CGT.getContext();
87 }
88 
89 llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
90   return CGT.getLLVMContext();
91 }
92 
93 const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
94   return CGT.getDataLayout();
95 }
96 
97 const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
98   return CGT.getTarget();
99 }
100 
101 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
102   return false;
103 }
104 
105 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
106                                                 uint64_t Members) const {
107   return false;
108 }
109 
110 void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
111   raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
112   OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
113   switch (TheKind) {
114   case Direct:
115     OS << "Direct Type=";
116     if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
117       Ty->print(OS);
118     else
119       OS << "null";
120     break;
121   case Extend:
122     OS << "Extend";
123     break;
124   case Ignore:
125     OS << "Ignore";
126     break;
127   case InAlloca:
128     OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
129     break;
130   case Indirect:
131     OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign()
132        << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
133        << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
134     break;
135   case Expand:
136     OS << "Expand";
137     break;
138   }
139   OS << ")\n";
140 }
141 
142 TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
143 
144 // If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
145 // It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
146 unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
147   // Verified for:
148   //   x86-64     FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
149   //   x86-32     FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
150   //   PowerPC    Linux, Darwin
151   //   ARM        Darwin (*not* EABI)
152   //   AArch64    Linux
153   return 32;
154 }
155 
156 bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
157                                      const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
158   // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
159   //   x86_stdcall
160   //   MIPS
161   // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
162   return false;
163 }
164 
165 void
166 TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
167                                              llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
168   // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
169   // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
170   // dynamic.
171   Opt = "-l";
172   Opt += Lib;
173 }
174 
175 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
176 
177 /// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
178 /// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
179 static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
180                          bool AllowArrays) {
181   if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
182     return true;
183 
184   QualType FT = FD->getType();
185 
186   // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
187   // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
188   if (AllowArrays)
189     while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
190       if (AT->getSize() == 0)
191         return true;
192       FT = AT->getElementType();
193     }
194 
195   const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
196   if (!RT)
197     return false;
198 
199   // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
200   //
201   // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
202   // current ABI.
203   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
204     return false;
205 
206   return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
207 }
208 
209 /// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
210 /// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
211 /// considered empty.
212 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
213   const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
214   if (!RT)
215     return 0;
216   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
217   if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
218     return false;
219 
220   // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
221   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
222     for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
223       if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
224         return false;
225 
226   for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
227     if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
228       return false;
229   return true;
230 }
231 
232 /// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
233 /// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
234 /// exactly one field which is itself a single element
235 /// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
236 /// considered single element structs.
237 ///
238 /// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
239 /// it exists.
240 static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
241   const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType();
242   if (!RT)
243     return nullptr;
244 
245   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
246   if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
247     return nullptr;
248 
249   const Type *Found = nullptr;
250 
251   // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
252   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
253     for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
254       // Ignore empty records.
255       if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
256         continue;
257 
258       // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
259       if (Found)
260         return nullptr;
261 
262       // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
263       // cannot be a single element struct.
264       Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
265       if (!Found)
266         return nullptr;
267     }
268   }
269 
270   // Check for single element.
271   for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
272     QualType FT = FD->getType();
273 
274     // Ignore empty fields.
275     if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
276       continue;
277 
278     // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
279     // struct.
280     if (Found)
281       return nullptr;
282 
283     // Treat single element arrays as the element.
284     while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
285       if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
286         break;
287       FT = AT->getElementType();
288     }
289 
290     if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
291       Found = FT.getTypePtr();
292     } else {
293       Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
294       if (!Found)
295         return nullptr;
296     }
297   }
298 
299   // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
300   // padding beyond the element type.
301   if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
302     return nullptr;
303 
304   return Found;
305 }
306 
307 static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
308   // Treat complex types as the element type.
309   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
310     Ty = CTy->getElementType();
311 
312   // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
313   // convention without any padding.  (We're specifically looking for 32
314   // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
315   if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
316       !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
317     return false;
318 
319   uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
320   return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
321 }
322 
323 /// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
324 /// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
325 /// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
326 /// inhibiting optimizations.
327 ///
328 // FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
329 // llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
330 // should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
331 // capable of handling it.
332 static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
333   // We can only expand structure types.
334   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
335   if (!RT)
336     return false;
337 
338   // We can only expand (C) structures.
339   //
340   // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
341   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
342   if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
343     return false;
344 
345   uint64_t Size = 0;
346 
347   for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
348     if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
349       return false;
350 
351     // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
352     // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
353     // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
354     if (FD->isBitField())
355       return false;
356 
357     Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
358   }
359 
360   // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
361   if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
362     return false;
363 
364   return true;
365 }
366 
367 namespace {
368 /// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
369 /// details. This implementation provides information which results in
370 /// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
371 /// conform to any particular ABI.
372 class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
373 public:
374   DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
375 
376   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
377   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
378 
379   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
380     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
381       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
382     for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
383       I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
384   }
385 
386   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
387                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
388 };
389 
390 class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
391 public:
392   DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
393     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
394 };
395 
396 llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
397                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
398   return nullptr;
399 }
400 
401 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
402   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
403     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
404 
405   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
406   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
407     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
408 
409   return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
410           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
411 }
412 
413 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
414   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
415     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
416 
417   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
418     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
419 
420   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
421   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
422     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
423 
424   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
425           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
426 }
427 
428 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
429 // le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
430 //
431 // This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI.  Arguments and return values
432 // are always passed on the stack.
433 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
434 
435 class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
436  public:
437   PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
438 
439   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
440   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
441 
442   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
443   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
444                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
445 };
446 
447 class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
448  public:
449   PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
450     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
451 };
452 
453 void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
454   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
455     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
456 
457   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
458     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
459 }
460 
461 llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
462                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
463   return nullptr;
464 }
465 
466 /// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
467 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
468   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
469     if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
470       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
471     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
472   } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
473     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
474     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
475   } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
476     // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
477     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
478   }
479 
480   return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
481           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
482 }
483 
484 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
485   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
486     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
487 
488   // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
489   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
490     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
491 
492   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
493   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
494     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
495 
496   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
497           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
498 }
499 
500 /// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
501 bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
502   // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
503   return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
504     cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
505     IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
506 }
507 
508 static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
509                                           StringRef Constraint,
510                                           llvm::Type* Ty) {
511   if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
512     if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
513       // Invalid MMX constraint
514       return nullptr;
515     }
516 
517     return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
518   }
519 
520   // No operation needed
521   return Ty;
522 }
523 
524 /// Returns true if this type can be passed in SSE registers with the
525 /// X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
526 static bool isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
527   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
528     if (BT->isFloatingPoint() && BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Half)
529       return true;
530   } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
531     // vectorcall can pass XMM, YMM, and ZMM vectors. We don't pass SSE1 MMX
532     // registers specially.
533     unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
534     if (VecSize == 128 || VecSize == 256 || VecSize == 512)
535       return true;
536   }
537   return false;
538 }
539 
540 /// Returns true if this aggregate is small enough to be passed in SSE registers
541 /// in the X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
542 static bool isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(uint64_t NumMembers) {
543   return NumMembers <= 4;
544 }
545 
546 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
547 // X86-32 ABI Implementation
548 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
549 
550 /// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
551 struct CCState {
552   CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0), FreeSSERegs(0) {}
553 
554   unsigned CC;
555   unsigned FreeRegs;
556   unsigned FreeSSERegs;
557 };
558 
559 /// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
560 class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
561   enum Class {
562     Integer,
563     Float
564   };
565 
566   static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
567 
568   bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
569   bool IsSmallStructInRegABI;
570   bool IsWin32StructABI;
571   unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
572 
573   static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
574     return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
575   }
576 
577   bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
578     // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
579     return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
580   }
581 
582   bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
583                                          uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
584     // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
585     return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
586   }
587 
588   bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
589 
590   /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
591   /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
592   ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
593 
594   ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const;
595 
596   /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
597   unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
598 
599   Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
600   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
601   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
602   bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const;
603 
604   /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
605   /// inalloca.
606   void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
607 
608   void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
609                            unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
610                            QualType Type) const;
611 
612 public:
613 
614   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
615   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
616                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
617 
618   X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w,
619                 unsigned r)
620     : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p),
621       IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {}
622 };
623 
624 class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
625 public:
626   X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
627       bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r)
628     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {}
629 
630   static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
631       const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
632 
633   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
634                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
635 
636   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
637     // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
638     if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
639     return 4;
640   }
641 
642   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
643                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
644 
645   llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
646                                   StringRef Constraint,
647                                   llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
648     return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
649   }
650 
651   void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue,
652                                 std::string &Constraints,
653                                 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
654                                 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
655                                 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests,
656                                 std::string &AsmString,
657                                 unsigned NumOutputs) const override;
658 
659   llvm::Constant *
660   getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
661     unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) |  // jmp rel8
662                    (0x06 << 8) |  //           .+0x08
663                    ('F' << 16) |
664                    ('T' << 24);
665     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
666   }
667 
668 };
669 
670 }
671 
672 /// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints.
673 /// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output,
674 /// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1:
675 ///     mov $0, $1
676 ///     mov eax, $1
677 /// The result will be:
678 ///     mov $0, $2
679 ///     mov eax, $2
680 static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn,
681                                              unsigned NumNewOuts,
682                                              std::string &AsmString) {
683   std::string Buf;
684   llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf);
685   size_t Pos = 0;
686   while (Pos < AsmString.size()) {
687     size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos);
688     if (DollarStart == std::string::npos)
689       DollarStart = AsmString.size();
690     size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart);
691     if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos)
692       DollarEnd = AsmString.size();
693     OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos);
694     Pos = DollarEnd;
695     size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart;
696     if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) {
697       // We have an operand reference.
698       size_t DigitStart = Pos;
699       size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart);
700       if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos)
701         DigitEnd = AsmString.size();
702       StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart);
703       unsigned OperandIndex;
704       if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) {
705         if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn)
706           OperandIndex += NumNewOuts;
707         OS << OperandIndex;
708       } else {
709         OS << OperandStr;
710       }
711       Pos = DigitEnd;
712     }
713   }
714   AsmString = std::move(OS.str());
715 }
716 
717 /// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers.
718 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs(
719     CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints,
720     std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
721     std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
722     std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString,
723     unsigned NumOutputs) const {
724   uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType());
725 
726   // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is
727   // larger.
728   if (!Constraints.empty())
729     Constraints += ',';
730   if (RetWidth <= 32) {
731     Constraints += "={eax}";
732     ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty);
733   } else {
734     // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX.
735     Constraints += "=A";
736     ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty);
737   }
738 
739   // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size.
740   llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth);
741   ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy);
742 
743   // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer.
744   ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(),
745                                                   CoerceTy->getPointerTo()));
746   ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot);
747 
748   rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString);
749 }
750 
751 /// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
752 /// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI).
753 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
754                                                ASTContext &Context) const {
755   uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
756 
757   // Type must be register sized.
758   if (!isRegisterSize(Size))
759     return false;
760 
761   if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
762     // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
763     // registers.
764     if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
765       return false;
766 
767     return true;
768   }
769 
770   // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
771   // member function pointer it is ok.
772   if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
773       Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
774       Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
775     return true;
776 
777   // Arrays are treated like records.
778   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
779     return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
780 
781   // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
782   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
783   if (!RT) return false;
784 
785   // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
786 
787   // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
788   // passed in a register.
789   for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
790     // Empty fields are ignored.
791     if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
792       continue;
793 
794     // Check fields recursively.
795     if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
796       return false;
797   }
798   return true;
799 }
800 
801 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const {
802   // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
803   // integer register.
804   if (State.FreeRegs) {
805     --State.FreeRegs;
806     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
807   }
808   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
809 }
810 
811 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const {
812   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
813     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
814 
815   const Type *Base = nullptr;
816   uint64_t NumElts = 0;
817   if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
818       isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, NumElts)) {
819     // The LLVM struct type for such an aggregate should lower properly.
820     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
821   }
822 
823   if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
824     // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
825     if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
826       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
827 
828       // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
829       // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
830       // backend will like.
831       if (Size == 128)
832         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
833                   llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
834 
835       // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
836       // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
837       if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
838           (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
839         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
840                                                             Size));
841 
842       return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
843     }
844 
845     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
846   }
847 
848   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
849     if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
850       // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
851       if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
852         return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
853     }
854 
855     // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
856     if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
857       return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
858 
859     // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
860     // in a register.
861     if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
862       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
863 
864       // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
865       // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
866       // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
867       // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
868       // quality of the generated IR.
869       if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
870         if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
871             || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
872           return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
873 
874       // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
875       // padding.
876       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
877     }
878 
879     return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
880   }
881 
882   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
883   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
884     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
885 
886   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
887           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
888 }
889 
890 static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
891   return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
892 }
893 
894 static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
895   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
896   if (!RT)
897     return 0;
898   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
899 
900   // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
901   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
902     for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
903       if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
904         return false;
905 
906   for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
907     QualType FT = i->getType();
908 
909     if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
910       return true;
911 
912     if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
913       return true;
914   }
915 
916   return false;
917 }
918 
919 unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
920                                                  unsigned Align) const {
921   // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
922   // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
923   if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
924     return 0; // Use default alignment.
925 
926   // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
927   if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
928     // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
929     return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
930   }
931 
932   // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
933   if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
934                       isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
935     return 16;
936 
937   return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
938 }
939 
940 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
941                                             CCState &State) const {
942   if (!ByVal) {
943     if (State.FreeRegs) {
944       --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
945       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false);
946     }
947     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false);
948   }
949 
950   // Compute the byval alignment.
951   unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
952   unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
953   if (StackAlign == 0)
954     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true);
955 
956   // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
957   // argument.
958   bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
959   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
960 }
961 
962 X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
963   const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
964   if (!T)
965     T = Ty.getTypePtr();
966 
967   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
968     BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
969     if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
970       return Float;
971   }
972   return Integer;
973 }
974 
975 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
976                                    bool &NeedsPadding) const {
977   NeedsPadding = false;
978   Class C = classify(Ty);
979   if (C == Float)
980     return false;
981 
982   unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
983   unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
984 
985   if (SizeInRegs == 0)
986     return false;
987 
988   if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
989     State.FreeRegs = 0;
990     return false;
991   }
992 
993   State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
994 
995   if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
996       State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
997     if (Size > 32)
998       return false;
999 
1000     if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
1001       return true;
1002 
1003     if (Ty->isPointerType())
1004       return true;
1005 
1006     if (Ty->isReferenceType())
1007       return true;
1008 
1009     if (State.FreeRegs)
1010       NeedsPadding = true;
1011 
1012     return false;
1013   }
1014 
1015   return true;
1016 }
1017 
1018 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
1019                                                CCState &State) const {
1020   // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
1021 
1022   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
1023 
1024   // Check with the C++ ABI first.
1025   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
1026   if (RT) {
1027     CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
1028     if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
1029       return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
1030     } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
1031       // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
1032       return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
1033     }
1034   }
1035 
1036   // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar
1037   // to other targets.
1038   const Type *Base = nullptr;
1039   uint64_t NumElts = 0;
1040   if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
1041       isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
1042     if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
1043       State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
1044       if (Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
1045         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1046       return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
1047     }
1048     return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State);
1049   }
1050 
1051   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
1052     if (RT) {
1053       // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
1054       if (IsWin32StructABI)
1055         return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
1056 
1057       // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
1058       if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
1059         return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
1060     }
1061 
1062     // Ignore empty structs/unions.
1063     if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
1064       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
1065 
1066     llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
1067     llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
1068     bool NeedsPadding;
1069     if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) {
1070       unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
1071       SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
1072       llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
1073       return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
1074     }
1075     llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
1076 
1077     // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
1078     // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
1079     // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
1080     // optimizations.
1081     if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
1082         canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()))
1083       return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
1084           State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1085               State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall,
1086           PaddingType);
1087 
1088     return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
1089   }
1090 
1091   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1092     // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
1093     // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
1094     if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1095       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1096       if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
1097           (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
1098         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1099                                                             Size));
1100     }
1101 
1102     if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
1103       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
1104 
1105     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1106   }
1107 
1108 
1109   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1110     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1111 
1112   bool NeedsPadding;
1113   bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding);
1114 
1115   if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
1116     if (InReg)
1117       return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
1118     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
1119   }
1120   if (InReg)
1121     return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
1122   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1123 }
1124 
1125 void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1126   CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
1127   if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
1128     State.FreeRegs = 2;
1129   else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
1130     State.FreeRegs = 2;
1131     State.FreeSSERegs = 6;
1132   } else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
1133     State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
1134   else
1135     State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
1136 
1137   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
1138     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
1139   } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
1140     // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
1141     // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
1142     if (State.FreeRegs) {
1143       --State.FreeRegs;  // The sret parameter consumes a register.
1144       FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
1145     }
1146   }
1147 
1148   // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
1149   if (FI.isChainCall())
1150     ++State.FreeRegs;
1151 
1152   bool UsedInAlloca = false;
1153   for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
1154     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
1155     UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
1156   }
1157 
1158   // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
1159   // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
1160   if (UsedInAlloca)
1161     rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
1162 }
1163 
1164 void
1165 X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
1166                                    unsigned &StackOffset,
1167                                    ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const {
1168   assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct");
1169   Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
1170   FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
1171   StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity();
1172 
1173   // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment.  For x86_32, each argument is 4
1174   // byte aligned.
1175   if (StackOffset % 4U) {
1176     unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset;
1177     StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U);
1178     unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset;
1179     assert(NumBytes);
1180     llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
1181     Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes);
1182     FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
1183   }
1184 }
1185 
1186 static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) {
1187   // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1188   switch (Info.getKind()) {
1189   case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
1190     return true;
1191   case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1192     assert(Info.getIndirectByVal());
1193     return true;
1194   case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1195     return false;
1196   case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1197   case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1198   case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
1199     if (Info.getInReg())
1200       return false;
1201     return true;
1202   }
1203   llvm_unreachable("invalid enum");
1204 }
1205 
1206 void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1207   assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
1208 
1209   // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1210   SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1211 
1212   unsigned StackOffset = 0;
1213   CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1214 
1215   // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary.
1216   bool IsThisCall =
1217       FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall;
1218   ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1219   if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall &&
1220       isArgInAlloca(I->info)) {
1221     addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1222     ++I;
1223   }
1224 
1225   // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
1226   if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1227     CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1228     addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
1229     // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1230     Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
1231   }
1232 
1233   // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
1234   if (IsThisCall)
1235     ++I;
1236 
1237   // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1238   for (; I != E; ++I) {
1239     if (isArgInAlloca(I->info))
1240       addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1241   }
1242 
1243   FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
1244                                         /*isPacked=*/true));
1245 }
1246 
1247 llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1248                                       CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
1249   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
1250 
1251   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1252   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
1253                                                        "ap");
1254   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
1255 
1256   // Compute if the address needs to be aligned
1257   unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
1258   Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align);
1259   Align = std::max(Align, 4U);
1260   if (Align > 4) {
1261     // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align;
1262     llvm::Value *Offset =
1263       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
1264     Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
1265     llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr,
1266                                                     CGF.Int32Ty);
1267     llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align);
1268     Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
1269                                       Addr->getType(),
1270                                       "ap.cur.aligned");
1271   }
1272 
1273   llvm::Type *PTy =
1274     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
1275   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
1276 
1277   uint64_t Offset =
1278     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align);
1279   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
1280     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
1281                       "ap.next");
1282   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
1283 
1284   return AddrTyped;
1285 }
1286 
1287 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
1288     const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
1289   assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
1290 
1291   switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
1292   case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
1293     break;
1294   case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack:  // -fpcc-struct-return
1295     return false;
1296   case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs:  // -freg-struct-return
1297     return true;
1298   }
1299 
1300   if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
1301     return true;
1302 
1303   switch (Triple.getOS()) {
1304   case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
1305   case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
1306   case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
1307   case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
1308   case llvm::Triple::Win32:
1309     return true;
1310   default:
1311     return false;
1312   }
1313 }
1314 
1315 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1316                                                   llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1317                                             CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1318   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1319     if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1320       // Get the LLVM function.
1321       llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1322 
1323       // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
1324       llvm::AttrBuilder B;
1325       B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
1326       Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1327                       llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1328                                               llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1329                                               B));
1330     }
1331   }
1332 }
1333 
1334 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1335                                                CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1336                                                llvm::Value *Address) const {
1337   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1338 
1339   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
1340 
1341   // 0-7 are the eight integer registers;  the order is different
1342   //   on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1343   // 8 is %eip.
1344   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
1345 
1346   if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
1347     // 12-16 are st(0..4).  Not sure why we stop at 4.
1348     // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1349     // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
1350     llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
1351     AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
1352 
1353   } else {
1354     // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1355     // reason.
1356     Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9));
1357 
1358     // 11-16 are st(0..5).  Not sure why we stop at 5.
1359     // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1360     // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
1361     llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
1362     AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1363   }
1364 
1365   return false;
1366 }
1367 
1368 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1369 // X86-64 ABI Implementation
1370 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1371 
1372 
1373 namespace {
1374 /// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1375 class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1376   enum Class {
1377     Integer = 0,
1378     SSE,
1379     SSEUp,
1380     X87,
1381     X87Up,
1382     ComplexX87,
1383     NoClass,
1384     Memory
1385   };
1386 
1387   /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1388   ///
1389   /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1390   /// classification \arg Field.
1391   ///
1392   /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1393   /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1394   /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1395   /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
1396   static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
1397 
1398   /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1399   ///
1400   /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1401   /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1402   ///
1403   /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1404   /// the classification process.
1405   ///
1406   /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1407   /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1408   ///
1409   /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1410   /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1411   ///
1412   void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1413 
1414   /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1415   /// given type T should be passed.
1416   ///
1417   /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1418   /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1419   ///
1420   /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1421   /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1422   ///
1423   /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1424   /// containing object.  Some parameters are classified different
1425   /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1426   ///
1427   /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1428   /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1429   ///
1430   /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1431   /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1432   /// will be Memory.
1433   ///
1434   /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
1435   ///
1436   /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1437   /// also be ComplexX87.
1438   void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1439                 bool isNamedArg) const;
1440 
1441   llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1442   llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1443                                  unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1444                                  unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1445   llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1446                                      unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1447                                      unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1448 
1449   /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
1450   /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
1451   ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
1452 
1453   /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
1454   /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
1455   ///
1456   /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1457   /// available.
1458   ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
1459 
1460   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
1461 
1462   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
1463                                   unsigned freeIntRegs,
1464                                   unsigned &neededInt,
1465                                   unsigned &neededSSE,
1466                                   bool isNamedArg) const;
1467 
1468   bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1469 
1470   /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1471   /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1472   /// certain previous compilers.  In particular, platforms which
1473   /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1474   /// may need to exempt themselves.
1475   bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
1476     return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
1477   }
1478 
1479   bool HasAVX;
1480   // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1481   // 64-bit hardware.
1482   bool Has64BitPointers;
1483 
1484 public:
1485   X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) :
1486       ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx),
1487       Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
1488   }
1489 
1490   bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1491     unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
1492     // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
1493     ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1494                                            /*isNamedArg*/true);
1495     if (info.isDirect()) {
1496       llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1497       if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1498         return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1499     }
1500     return false;
1501   }
1502 
1503   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
1504 
1505   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1506                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
1507 };
1508 
1509 /// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
1510 class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1511 
1512   ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
1513                       bool IsReturnType) const;
1514 
1515 public:
1516   WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
1517 
1518   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
1519 
1520   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1521                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
1522 
1523   bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
1524     // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1525     return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
1526   }
1527 
1528   bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
1529                                          uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
1530     // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1531     return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
1532   }
1533 };
1534 
1535 class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1536   bool HasAVX;
1537 public:
1538   X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
1539       : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {}
1540 
1541   const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1542     return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1543   }
1544 
1545   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
1546     return 7;
1547   }
1548 
1549   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1550                                llvm::Value *Address) const override {
1551     llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
1552 
1553     // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1554     // 16 is %rip.
1555     AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
1556     return false;
1557   }
1558 
1559   llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1560                                   StringRef Constraint,
1561                                   llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
1562     return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1563   }
1564 
1565   bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
1566                              const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
1567     // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1568     // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
1569     // function, so we override the default behavior.  However, don't do
1570     // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1571     // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1572     // defines varargs anyway.
1573     if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
1574       bool HasAVXType = false;
1575       for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1576              it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1577         if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1578           HasAVXType = true;
1579           break;
1580         }
1581       }
1582 
1583       if (!HasAVXType)
1584         return true;
1585     }
1586 
1587     return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
1588   }
1589 
1590   llvm::Constant *
1591   getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
1592     unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) |  // jmp rel8
1593                    (0x0a << 8) |  //           .+0x0c
1594                    ('F' << 16) |
1595                    ('T' << 24);
1596     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1597   }
1598 
1599   unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
1600     return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
1601   }
1602 };
1603 
1604 static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
1605   // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. This
1606   // matches the behavior of MSVC.
1607   std::string ArgStr = Lib;
1608   if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
1609     ArgStr += ".lib";
1610   return ArgStr;
1611 }
1612 
1613 class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1614 public:
1615   WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1616         bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms)
1617     : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {}
1618 
1619   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1620                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1621 
1622   void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
1623                                  llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
1624     Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
1625     Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
1626   }
1627 
1628   void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1629                                llvm::StringRef Value,
1630                                llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
1631     Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
1632   }
1633 };
1634 
1635 static void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D,
1636                                              llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1637                                              CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) {
1638   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1639     if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize != 4096) {
1640       llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1641 
1642       Fn->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size", llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
1643     }
1644   }
1645 }
1646 
1647 void WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1648                                                      llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1649                                             CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1650   X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
1651 
1652   addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
1653 }
1654 
1655 class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1656   bool HasAVX;
1657 public:
1658   WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
1659     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {}
1660 
1661   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1662                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1663 
1664   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
1665     return 7;
1666   }
1667 
1668   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1669                                llvm::Value *Address) const override {
1670     llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
1671 
1672     // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1673     // 16 is %rip.
1674     AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
1675     return false;
1676   }
1677 
1678   void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
1679                                  llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
1680     Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
1681     Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
1682   }
1683 
1684   void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1685                                llvm::StringRef Value,
1686                                llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
1687     Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
1688   }
1689 
1690   unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
1691     return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
1692   }
1693 };
1694 
1695 void WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1696                                                      llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1697                                             CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1698   TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
1699 
1700   addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
1701 }
1702 }
1703 
1704 void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
1705                               Class &Hi) const {
1706   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
1707   //
1708   // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
1709   //     memory.
1710   //
1711   // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
1712   //     memory.
1713   //
1714   // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
1715   //     eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
1716   //     argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
1717   //     ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
1718   //
1719   // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
1720   //
1721   // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic.  Others can arise
1722   // only with unions; for example:
1723   //   union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
1724   //
1725   // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
1726   //
1727   if (Hi == Memory)
1728     Lo = Memory;
1729   if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
1730     Lo = Memory;
1731   if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
1732     Lo = Memory;
1733   if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
1734     Hi = SSE;
1735 }
1736 
1737 X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
1738   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
1739   // classified recursively so that always two fields are
1740   // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
1741   // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
1742   //
1743   // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
1744   //
1745   // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
1746   // the other class.
1747   //
1748   // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
1749   // class.
1750   //
1751   // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
1752   // INTEGER.
1753   //
1754   // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
1755   // MEMORY is used as class.
1756   //
1757   // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
1758 
1759   // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
1760   // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
1761   assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
1762          "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
1763   if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
1764     return Accum;
1765   if (Field == Memory)
1766     return Memory;
1767   if (Accum == NoClass)
1768     return Field;
1769   if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
1770     return Integer;
1771   if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
1772       Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
1773     return Memory;
1774   return SSE;
1775 }
1776 
1777 void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
1778                              Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
1779   // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
1780   // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
1781   // situations.
1782 
1783   // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
1784   // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
1785   // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
1786 
1787   Lo = Hi = NoClass;
1788 
1789   Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
1790   Current = Memory;
1791 
1792   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
1793     BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
1794 
1795     if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
1796       Current = NoClass;
1797     } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
1798       Lo = Integer;
1799       Hi = Integer;
1800     } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
1801       Current = Integer;
1802     } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) ||
1803                (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble &&
1804                 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) {
1805       Current = SSE;
1806     } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
1807       Lo = X87;
1808       Hi = X87Up;
1809     }
1810     // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
1811     // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
1812     return;
1813   }
1814 
1815   if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
1816     // Classify the underlying integer type.
1817     classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
1818     return;
1819   }
1820 
1821   if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
1822     Current = Integer;
1823     return;
1824   }
1825 
1826   if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
1827     if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
1828       if (Has64BitPointers) {
1829         // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both
1830         // Lo and Hi now.
1831         Lo = Hi = Integer;
1832       } else {
1833         // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that
1834         // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well.
1835         uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1836         uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64;
1837         if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) {
1838           Lo = Hi = Integer;
1839         } else {
1840           Current = Integer;
1841         }
1842       }
1843     } else {
1844       Current = Integer;
1845     }
1846     return;
1847   }
1848 
1849   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1850     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
1851     if (Size == 32) {
1852       // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x
1853       // float> as integer.
1854       Current = Integer;
1855 
1856       // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1857       // split.
1858       uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1859       uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
1860       if (EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1861         Hi = Lo;
1862     } else if (Size == 64) {
1863       // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
1864       if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
1865         return;
1866 
1867       // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
1868       if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
1869           VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
1870           VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
1871           VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
1872         Current = Integer;
1873       else
1874         Current = SSE;
1875 
1876       // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1877       // split.
1878       if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
1879         Hi = Lo;
1880     } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) {
1881       // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
1882       // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
1883       // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
1884       // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
1885       // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
1886       // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
1887       // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
1888       //
1889       // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
1890       // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
1891       // variadic function.
1892       Lo = SSE;
1893       Hi = SSEUp;
1894     }
1895     return;
1896   }
1897 
1898   if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
1899     QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
1900 
1901     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1902     if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
1903       if (Size <= 64)
1904         Current = Integer;
1905       else if (Size <= 128)
1906         Lo = Hi = Integer;
1907     } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy)
1908       Current = SSE;
1909     else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy ||
1910              (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy &&
1911               getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl()))
1912       Lo = Hi = SSE;
1913     else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy)
1914       Current = ComplexX87;
1915 
1916     // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
1917     // should be split.
1918     uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1919     uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
1920     if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1921       Hi = Lo;
1922 
1923     return;
1924   }
1925 
1926   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
1927     // Arrays are treated like structures.
1928 
1929     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1930 
1931     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
1932     // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1933     if (Size > 256)
1934       return;
1935 
1936     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
1937     // fields, it has class MEMORY.
1938     //
1939     // Only need to check alignment of array base.
1940     if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
1941       return;
1942 
1943     // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
1944     // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
1945     Current = NoClass;
1946     uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
1947     uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
1948 
1949     // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
1950     // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1951     // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1952     if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
1953       return;
1954 
1955     for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
1956       Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
1957       classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
1958       Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1959       Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1960       if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1961         break;
1962     }
1963 
1964     postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
1965     assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
1966     return;
1967   }
1968 
1969   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1970     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1971 
1972     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
1973     // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1974     if (Size > 256)
1975       return;
1976 
1977     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
1978     // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
1979     // reference.
1980     if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
1981       return;
1982 
1983     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1984 
1985     // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
1986     if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
1987       return;
1988 
1989     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
1990 
1991     // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
1992     Current = NoClass;
1993 
1994     // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
1995     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
1996       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
1997         assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
1998                "Unexpected base class!");
1999         const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
2000           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2001 
2002         // Classify this field.
2003         //
2004         // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
2005         // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
2006         // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
2007         Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
2008         uint64_t Offset =
2009           OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
2010         classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
2011         Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2012         Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2013         if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2014           break;
2015       }
2016     }
2017 
2018     // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
2019     unsigned idx = 0;
2020     for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2021            i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2022       uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2023       bool BitField = i->isBitField();
2024 
2025       // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
2026       // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
2027       //
2028       // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
2029       // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
2030       // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
2031       //
2032       if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
2033         Lo = Memory;
2034         return;
2035       }
2036       // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
2037       if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
2038         Lo = Memory;
2039         return;
2040       }
2041 
2042       // Classify this field.
2043       //
2044       // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
2045       // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
2046       // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
2047       // NO_CLASS.
2048       Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
2049 
2050       // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
2051       // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
2052       // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
2053       if (BitField) {
2054         // Ignore padding bit-fields.
2055         if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
2056           continue;
2057 
2058         uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2059         uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
2060 
2061         uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
2062         uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
2063 
2064         if (EB_Lo) {
2065           assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
2066           FieldLo = NoClass;
2067           FieldHi = Integer;
2068         } else {
2069           FieldLo = Integer;
2070           FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
2071         }
2072       } else
2073         classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
2074       Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2075       Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2076       if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2077         break;
2078     }
2079 
2080     postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
2081   }
2082 }
2083 
2084 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
2085   // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2086   // place naturally.
2087   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
2088     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2089     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2090       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2091 
2092     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2093             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2094   }
2095 
2096   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
2097 }
2098 
2099 bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
2100   if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2101     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
2102     unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128;
2103     if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
2104       return true;
2105   }
2106 
2107   return false;
2108 }
2109 
2110 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
2111                                             unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
2112   // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2113   // place naturally.
2114   //
2115   // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
2116   // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
2117   // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
2118   // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
2119   // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
2120   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
2121     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2122     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2123       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2124 
2125     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2126             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2127   }
2128 
2129   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
2130     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
2131 
2132   // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
2133   // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
2134   unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
2135 
2136   // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
2137   // is important for good codegen.
2138   //
2139   // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
2140   // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
2141   //
2142   // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
2143   // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
2144   // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
2145   // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
2146   // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
2147   // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
2148   // might be inreg.
2149   //
2150   // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
2151   // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
2152   // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
2153   // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
2154   //
2155   // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
2156   // attributes. See PR12193.
2157   if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
2158     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2159 
2160     // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
2161     // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
2162     if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
2163       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2164                                                           Size));
2165   }
2166 
2167   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align);
2168 }
2169 
2170 /// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an
2171 /// full vector XMM/YMM register.  Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a
2172 /// vector register.
2173 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
2174   llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2175 
2176   // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors,
2177   // strip them off if present.
2178   llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
2179   while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) {
2180     IRType = STy->getElementType(0);
2181     STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
2182   }
2183 
2184   // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it.
2185   if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){
2186     llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType();
2187     unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth();
2188     if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) &&
2189         (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() ||
2190          EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) ||
2191          EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) ||
2192          EltTy->isIntegerTy(128)))
2193       return VT;
2194   }
2195 
2196   return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2);
2197 }
2198 
2199 /// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
2200 /// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
2201 /// alignment padding.  The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
2202 /// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
2203 /// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
2204 ///
2205 /// It is conservatively correct to return false.
2206 static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
2207                                   unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
2208   // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
2209   // data hiding here.  This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
2210   // types that don't contain interesting padding.
2211   unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
2212   if (TySize <= StartBit)
2213     return true;
2214 
2215   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
2216     unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
2217     unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
2218 
2219     // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
2220     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
2221       // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
2222       unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
2223       if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
2224 
2225       unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
2226       if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
2227                                  EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
2228         return false;
2229     }
2230     // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
2231     return true;
2232   }
2233 
2234   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2235     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2236     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
2237 
2238     // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
2239     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
2240       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2241         assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
2242                "Unexpected base class!");
2243         const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
2244           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2245 
2246         // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
2247         unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
2248         if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
2249 
2250         unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
2251         if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
2252                                    EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
2253           return false;
2254       }
2255     }
2256 
2257     // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest.  Yes
2258     // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
2259     // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
2260     // much.
2261     unsigned idx = 0;
2262     for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2263          i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2264       unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2265 
2266       // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
2267       if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
2268 
2269       unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
2270       if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
2271                                  Context))
2272         return false;
2273     }
2274 
2275     // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
2276     // clean.
2277     return true;
2278   }
2279 
2280   return false;
2281 }
2282 
2283 /// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
2284 /// float member at the specified offset.  For example, {int,{float}} has a
2285 /// float at offset 4.  It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
2286 /// false.
2287 static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
2288                                   const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
2289   // Base case if we find a float.
2290   if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
2291     return true;
2292 
2293   // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
2294   if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
2295     const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
2296     unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2297     IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
2298     return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2299   }
2300 
2301   // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
2302   if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2303     llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
2304     unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2305     IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2306     return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2307   }
2308 
2309   return false;
2310 }
2311 
2312 
2313 /// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2314 /// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
2315 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2316 GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
2317                    QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
2318   // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
2319   // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding.  This happens for
2320   // structs that contain 3 floats.
2321   if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2322                             SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2323     return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
2324 
2325   // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2326   // offset+0 and offset+4.  Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2327   // case.
2328   if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2329       ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
2330     return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
2331 
2332   return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2333 }
2334 
2335 
2336 /// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2337 /// an 8-byte GPR.  This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2338 /// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct.  This routine picks
2339 /// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
2340 /// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2341 /// etc).
2342 ///
2343 /// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2344 /// the source type.  IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2345 /// the 8-byte value references.  PrefType may be null.
2346 ///
2347 /// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument.  SourceOffset is
2348 /// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2349 ///
2350 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2351 GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
2352                        QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
2353   // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2354   // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it.  See if we can safely use it.
2355   if (IROffset == 0) {
2356     // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
2357     if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2358         IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
2359       return IRType;
2360 
2361     // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2362     // goodness in the source type is just tail padding.  This is allowed to
2363     // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2364     // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int.  We
2365     // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2366     // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2367     if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
2368         IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2369         (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2370       unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2371           cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
2372 
2373       if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2374                                 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2375         return IRType;
2376     }
2377   }
2378 
2379   if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
2380     // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
2381     const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
2382     if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2383       unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2384       IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
2385 
2386       return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2387                                     SourceTy, SourceOffset);
2388     }
2389   }
2390 
2391   if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2392     llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
2393     unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2394     unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2395     return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2396                                   SourceOffset);
2397   }
2398 
2399   // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2400   // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
2401   unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2402     (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
2403 
2404   assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
2405 
2406   // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2407   // isn't larger than the structure.
2408   return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2409                                 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
2410 }
2411 
2412 
2413 /// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2414 /// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2415 /// first class aggregate to represent them.  For example, if the low part of
2416 /// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2417 /// return {i32*, float}.
2418 static llvm::Type *
2419 GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
2420                            const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
2421   // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2422   // at offset 8.  If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2423   // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2424   // the second element at offset 8.  Check for this:
2425   unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2426   unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
2427   unsigned HiStart = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign);
2428   assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2429 
2430   // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2431   // second element will start at an 8 byte offset.  We can't increase the size
2432   // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2433   // struct.
2434   if (HiStart != 8) {
2435     // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for
2436     // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32.
2437     // Promote these to a larger type.
2438     if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2439       Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2440     else {
2441       assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
2442       Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2443     }
2444   }
2445 
2446   llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, nullptr);
2447 
2448 
2449   // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2450   assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2451          "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2452   return Result;
2453 }
2454 
2455 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
2456 classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
2457   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2458   // classification algorithm.
2459   X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
2460   classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
2461 
2462   // Check some invariants.
2463   assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
2464   assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2465 
2466   llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
2467   switch (Lo) {
2468   case NoClass:
2469     if (Hi == NoClass)
2470       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2471     // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2472     // null.
2473     assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2474            "Unknown missing lo part");
2475     break;
2476 
2477   case SSEUp:
2478   case X87Up:
2479     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
2480 
2481     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2482     // hidden argument.
2483   case Memory:
2484     return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2485 
2486     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2487     // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2488   case Integer:
2489     ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
2490 
2491     // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2492     // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2493     if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2494       // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2495       if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2496         RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2497 
2498       if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2499           RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2500         return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2501     }
2502     break;
2503 
2504     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2505     // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2506   case SSE:
2507     ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
2508     break;
2509 
2510     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2511     // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2512   case X87:
2513     ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
2514     break;
2515 
2516     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2517     // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2518     // %st1.
2519   case ComplexX87:
2520     assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
2521     ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
2522                                     llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
2523                                     nullptr);
2524     break;
2525   }
2526 
2527   llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
2528   switch (Hi) {
2529     // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2530     // never occur as a hi class.
2531   case Memory:
2532   case X87:
2533     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
2534 
2535   case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
2536   case NoClass:
2537     break;
2538 
2539   case Integer:
2540     HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
2541     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2542       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2543     break;
2544   case SSE:
2545     HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
2546     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2547       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2548     break;
2549 
2550     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
2551     // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2552     // vector register.
2553     //
2554     // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
2555   case SSEUp:
2556     assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
2557     ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
2558     break;
2559 
2560     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2561     // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2562   case X87Up:
2563     // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
2564     // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
2565     // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
2566     // extra bits in an SSE reg.
2567     if (Lo != X87) {
2568       HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
2569       if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2570         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2571     }
2572     break;
2573   }
2574 
2575   // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part.  It is
2576   // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result.  We do this by forming a
2577   // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2578   if (HighPart)
2579     ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
2580 
2581   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
2582 }
2583 
2584 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
2585   QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2586   bool isNamedArg)
2587   const
2588 {
2589   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
2590 
2591   X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
2592   classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
2593 
2594   // Check some invariants.
2595   // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2596   assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
2597   assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2598 
2599   neededInt = 0;
2600   neededSSE = 0;
2601   llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
2602   switch (Lo) {
2603   case NoClass:
2604     if (Hi == NoClass)
2605       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2606     // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2607     // null.
2608     assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2609            "Unknown missing lo part");
2610     break;
2611 
2612     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2613     // on the stack.
2614   case Memory:
2615 
2616     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2617     // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2618   case X87:
2619   case ComplexX87:
2620     if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
2621       ++neededInt;
2622     return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
2623 
2624   case SSEUp:
2625   case X87Up:
2626     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
2627 
2628     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2629     // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
2630     // and %r9 is used.
2631   case Integer:
2632     ++neededInt;
2633 
2634     // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
2635     ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
2636 
2637     // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2638     // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2639     if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2640       // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2641       if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2642         Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2643 
2644       if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2645           Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2646         return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2647     }
2648 
2649     break;
2650 
2651     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
2652     // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
2653     // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
2654   case SSE: {
2655     llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2656     ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
2657     ++neededSSE;
2658     break;
2659   }
2660   }
2661 
2662   llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
2663   switch (Hi) {
2664     // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
2665     // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
2666     // which is passed in memory.
2667   case Memory:
2668   case X87:
2669   case ComplexX87:
2670     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
2671 
2672   case NoClass: break;
2673 
2674   case Integer:
2675     ++neededInt;
2676     // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
2677     HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
2678 
2679     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2680       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2681     break;
2682 
2683     // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
2684     // memory), except in situations involving unions.
2685   case X87Up:
2686   case SSE:
2687     HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
2688 
2689     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2690       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2691 
2692     ++neededSSE;
2693     break;
2694 
2695     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
2696     // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
2697     // register.  This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
2698   case SSEUp:
2699     assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
2700     ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
2701     break;
2702   }
2703 
2704   // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part.  It is
2705   // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result.  We do this by forming a
2706   // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2707   if (HighPart)
2708     ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
2709 
2710   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
2711 }
2712 
2713 void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
2714 
2715   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2716     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
2717 
2718   // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
2719   unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
2720 
2721   // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
2722   // integer register.
2723   if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
2724     --freeIntRegs;
2725 
2726   // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
2727   if (FI.isChainCall())
2728     ++freeIntRegs;
2729 
2730   unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();
2731   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
2732   // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
2733   unsigned ArgNo = 0;
2734   for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
2735        it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) {
2736     bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs;
2737 
2738     unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
2739     it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
2740                                     neededSSE, IsNamedArg);
2741 
2742     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
2743     // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
2744     // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
2745     // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
2746     if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
2747       freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
2748       freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
2749     } else {
2750       it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
2751     }
2752   }
2753 }
2754 
2755 static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
2756                                         QualType Ty,
2757                                         CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
2758   llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p =
2759     CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p");
2760   llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
2761     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
2762 
2763   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
2764   // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
2765   // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
2766   // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
2767   uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
2768   if (Align > 8) {
2769     // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align;
2770     llvm::Value *Offset =
2771       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1);
2772     overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset);
2773     llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area,
2774                                                     CGF.Int64Ty);
2775     llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align);
2776     overflow_arg_area =
2777       CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
2778                                  overflow_arg_area->getType(),
2779                                  "overflow_arg_area.align");
2780   }
2781 
2782   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
2783   llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
2784   llvm::Value *Res =
2785     CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
2786                               llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2787 
2788   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
2789   // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
2790   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
2791   // an 8 byte boundary.
2792 
2793   uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
2794   llvm::Value *Offset =
2795       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7)  & ~7);
2796   overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
2797                                             "overflow_arg_area.next");
2798   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
2799 
2800   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
2801   return Res;
2802 }
2803 
2804 llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2805                                       CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2806   // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
2807   // struct {
2808   //   i32 gp_offset;
2809   //   i32 fp_offset;
2810   //   i8* overflow_arg_area;
2811   //   i8* reg_save_area;
2812   // };
2813   unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
2814 
2815   Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
2816   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
2817                                        /*isNamedArg*/false);
2818 
2819   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
2820   // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
2821   if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
2822     return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2823 
2824   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
2825   // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
2826   // the number of floating point registers needed.
2827 
2828   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
2829   // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
2830   // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
2831   //
2832   // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
2833   // register save space).
2834 
2835   llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
2836   llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr;
2837   llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
2838   if (neededInt) {
2839     gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p");
2840     gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
2841     InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
2842     InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
2843   }
2844 
2845   if (neededSSE) {
2846     fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p");
2847     fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
2848     llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
2849       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
2850     FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
2851     InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
2852   }
2853 
2854   llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
2855   llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
2856   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
2857   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
2858 
2859   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
2860 
2861   CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
2862 
2863   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
2864   // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
2865   // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
2866   // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
2867   // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
2868   //
2869   // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
2870   // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
2871   // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
2872   // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
2873   llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
2874   llvm::Value *RegAddr =
2875     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3),
2876                            "reg_save_area");
2877   if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
2878     // FIXME: Cleanup.
2879     assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
2880     llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
2881     llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2882     Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
2883     assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
2884     llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
2885     llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
2886     assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
2887            "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
2888     llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
2889     llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
2890     llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2891     llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2892     llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
2893     llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
2894     llvm::Value *V =
2895       CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
2896     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2897     V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
2898     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2899 
2900     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2901                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2902   } else if (neededInt) {
2903     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2904     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2905                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2906 
2907     // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
2908     std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
2909         CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
2910     uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
2911     unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity();
2912     if (TyAlign > 8) {
2913       llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2914       CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false);
2915       RegAddr = Tmp;
2916     }
2917   } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
2918     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2919     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2920                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2921   } else {
2922     assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
2923     // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
2924     // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
2925     llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2926     llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16);
2927     llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
2928     llvm::Type *DblPtrTy =
2929       llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy);
2930     llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, nullptr);
2931     llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2932     Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
2933     V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo,
2934                                                          DblPtrTy));
2935     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2936     V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi,
2937                                                          DblPtrTy));
2938     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2939     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2940                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2941   }
2942 
2943   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
2944   // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
2945   // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
2946   if (neededInt) {
2947     llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
2948     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
2949                             gp_offset_p);
2950   }
2951   if (neededSSE) {
2952     llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
2953     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
2954                             fp_offset_p);
2955   }
2956   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
2957 
2958   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
2959 
2960   CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
2961   llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2962 
2963   // Return the appropriate result.
2964 
2965   CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
2966   llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2,
2967                                                  "vaarg.addr");
2968   ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
2969   ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
2970   return ResAddr;
2971 }
2972 
2973 ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
2974                                       bool IsReturnType) const {
2975 
2976   if (Ty->isVoidType())
2977     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2978 
2979   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2980     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2981 
2982   TypeInfo Info = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty);
2983   uint64_t Width = Info.Width;
2984   unsigned Align = getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align).getQuantity();
2985 
2986   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
2987   if (RT) {
2988     if (!IsReturnType) {
2989       if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
2990         return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
2991     }
2992 
2993     if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
2994       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
2995 
2996     // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128
2997     if (Width == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
2998       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2999                                                           Width));
3000   }
3001 
3002   // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar to
3003   // other targets.
3004   const Type *Base = nullptr;
3005   uint64_t NumElts = 0;
3006   if (FreeSSERegs && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
3007     if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
3008       FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
3009       if (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
3010         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3011       return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3012     }
3013     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false);
3014   }
3015 
3016 
3017   if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3018     // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
3019     // directly.
3020     llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
3021     if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
3022       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3023   }
3024 
3025   if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3026     // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
3027     // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
3028     if (Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
3029       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3030 
3031     // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
3032     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Width));
3033   }
3034 
3035   // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not
3036   // extended.
3037   const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3038   if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool)
3039     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
3040 
3041   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3042 }
3043 
3044 void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
3045   bool IsVectorCall =
3046       FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall;
3047 
3048   // We can use up to 4 SSE return registers with vectorcall.
3049   unsigned FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 4 : 0;
3050   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3051     FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), FreeSSERegs, true);
3052 
3053   // We can use up to 6 SSE register parameters with vectorcall.
3054   FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 6 : 0;
3055   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
3056     I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false);
3057 }
3058 
3059 llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3060                                       CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3061   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3062 
3063   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3064   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
3065                                                        "ap");
3066   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3067   llvm::Type *PTy =
3068     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3069   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3070 
3071   uint64_t Offset =
3072     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8);
3073   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3074     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
3075                       "ap.next");
3076   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3077 
3078   return AddrTyped;
3079 }
3080 
3081 namespace {
3082 
3083 class NaClX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
3084  public:
3085   NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
3086       : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {}
3087   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
3088   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3089                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
3090  private:
3091   PNaClABIInfo PInfo;  // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
3092   X86_64ABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
3093 };
3094 
3095 class NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo  {
3096   bool HasAVX;
3097  public:
3098    NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
3099        : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {
3100    }
3101    unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3102      return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
3103    }
3104 };
3105 
3106 }
3107 
3108 void NaClX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
3109   if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
3110     PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
3111   else
3112     NInfo.computeInfo(FI);
3113 }
3114 
3115 llvm::Value *NaClX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3116                                           CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3117   // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
3118   // is unuspported.
3119   return NInfo.EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3120 }
3121 
3122 
3123 // PowerPC-32
3124 namespace {
3125 /// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3126 class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
3127 public:
3128   PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
3129 
3130   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3131                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
3132 };
3133 
3134 class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3135 public:
3136   PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
3137 
3138   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
3139     // This is recovered from gcc output.
3140     return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3141   }
3142 
3143   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3144                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
3145 
3146   unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3147     return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors.
3148   }
3149 };
3150 
3151 }
3152 
3153 llvm::Value *PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3154                                            QualType Ty,
3155                                            CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3156   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3157     // TODO: Implement this. For now ignore.
3158     (void)CTy;
3159     return nullptr;
3160   }
3161 
3162   bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64;
3163   bool isInt = Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType();
3164   llvm::Type *CharPtr = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3165   llvm::Type *CharPtrPtr = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3166 
3167   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3168   llvm::Value *GPRPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, CharPtr, "gprptr");
3169   llvm::Value *GPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(GPRPtr, CGF.Int32Ty);
3170   llvm::Value *FPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(GPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(1));
3171   llvm::Value *FPRPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(FPRPtrAsInt, CharPtr);
3172   llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(FPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(3));
3173   llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr);
3174   llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(4));
3175   llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr);
3176   llvm::Value *GPR = Builder.CreateLoad(GPRPtr, false, "gpr");
3177   // Align GPR when TY is i64.
3178   if (isI64) {
3179     llvm::Value *GPRAnd = Builder.CreateAnd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3180     llvm::Value *CC64 = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(GPRAnd, Builder.getInt8(1));
3181     llvm::Value *GPRPlusOne = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3182     GPR = Builder.CreateSelect(CC64, GPRPlusOne, GPR);
3183   }
3184   llvm::Value *FPR = Builder.CreateLoad(FPRPtr, false, "fpr");
3185   llvm::Value *OverflowArea = Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaPtr, false, "overflow_area");
3186   llvm::Value *OverflowAreaAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OverflowArea, CGF.Int32Ty);
3187   llvm::Value *RegsaveArea = Builder.CreateLoad(RegsaveAreaPtr, false, "regsave_area");
3188   llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(RegsaveArea, CGF.Int32Ty);
3189 
3190   llvm::Value *CC = Builder.CreateICmpULT(isInt ? GPR : FPR,
3191                                           Builder.getInt8(8), "cond");
3192 
3193   llvm::Value *RegConstant = Builder.CreateMul(isInt ? GPR : FPR,
3194                                                Builder.getInt8(isInt ? 4 : 8));
3195 
3196   llvm::Value *OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(RegsaveAreaAsInt, Builder.CreateSExt(RegConstant, CGF.Int32Ty));
3197 
3198   if (Ty->isFloatingType())
3199     OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(OurReg, Builder.getInt32(32));
3200 
3201   llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs");
3202   llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow");
3203   llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont");
3204 
3205   Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow);
3206 
3207   CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs);
3208 
3209   llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3210   llvm::Value *Result1 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OurReg, PTy);
3211   // Increase the GPR/FPR indexes.
3212   if (isInt) {
3213     GPR = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(isI64 ? 2 : 1));
3214     Builder.CreateStore(GPR, GPRPtr);
3215   } else {
3216     FPR = Builder.CreateAdd(FPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3217     Builder.CreateStore(FPR, FPRPtr);
3218   }
3219   CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3220 
3221   CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow);
3222 
3223   // Increase the overflow area.
3224   llvm::Value *Result2 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, PTy);
3225   OverflowAreaAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaAsInt, Builder.getInt32(isInt ? 4 : 8));
3226   Builder.CreateStore(Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, CharPtr), OverflowAreaPtr);
3227   CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3228 
3229   CGF.EmitBlock(Cont);
3230 
3231   llvm::PHINode *Result = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(PTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
3232   Result->addIncoming(Result1, UsingRegs);
3233   Result->addIncoming(Result2, UsingOverflow);
3234 
3235   if (Ty->isAggregateType()) {
3236     llvm::Value *AGGPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Result, CharPtrPtr, "aggrptr")  ;
3237     return Builder.CreateLoad(AGGPtr, false, "aggr");
3238   }
3239 
3240   return Result;
3241 }
3242 
3243 bool
3244 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3245                                                 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3246   // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3247   // against gcc output.  AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3248 
3249   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3250 
3251   llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3252   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3253   llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3254   llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3255 
3256   // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
3257   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
3258 
3259   // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3260   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3261 
3262   // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3263   // 64: mq
3264   // 65: lr
3265   // 66: ctr
3266   // 67: ap
3267   // 68-75 cr0-7
3268   // 76: xer
3269   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3270 
3271   // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3272   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3273 
3274   // 109: vrsave
3275   // 110: vscr
3276   // 111: spe_acc
3277   // 112: spefscr
3278   // 113: sfp
3279   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3280 
3281   return false;
3282 }
3283 
3284 // PowerPC-64
3285 
3286 namespace {
3287 /// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3288 class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
3289 public:
3290   enum ABIKind {
3291     ELFv1 = 0,
3292     ELFv2
3293   };
3294 
3295 private:
3296   static const unsigned GPRBits = 64;
3297   ABIKind Kind;
3298 
3299 public:
3300   PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind)
3301     : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
3302 
3303   bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
3304   bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const;
3305 
3306   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3307   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
3308 
3309   bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3310   bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3311                                          uint64_t Members) const override;
3312 
3313   // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
3314   // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
3315   // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
3316   // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
3317   // entry.  This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
3318   // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
3319   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
3320     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3321       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
3322     for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
3323       // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
3324       // One exception:  An aggregate containing a single floating-point
3325       // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
3326       const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
3327       if (T) {
3328         const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3329         if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
3330             (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
3331           QualType QT(T, 0);
3332           I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
3333           continue;
3334         }
3335       }
3336       I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
3337     }
3338   }
3339 
3340   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3341                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
3342 };
3343 
3344 class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3345 public:
3346   PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT,
3347                                PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3348     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
3349 
3350   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
3351     // This is recovered from gcc output.
3352     return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3353   }
3354 
3355   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3356                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
3357 
3358   unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3359     return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec and VSX vectors.
3360   }
3361 };
3362 
3363 class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
3364 public:
3365   PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
3366 
3367   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
3368     // This is recovered from gcc output.
3369     return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3370   }
3371 
3372   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3373                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
3374 
3375   unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3376     return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors.
3377   }
3378 };
3379 
3380 }
3381 
3382 // Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
3383 // extended to 64 bits.
3384 bool
3385 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
3386   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3387   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3388     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3389 
3390   // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
3391   if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
3392     return true;
3393 
3394   // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
3395   // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
3396   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
3397     switch (BT->getKind()) {
3398     case BuiltinType::Int:
3399     case BuiltinType::UInt:
3400       return true;
3401     default:
3402       break;
3403     }
3404 
3405   return false;
3406 }
3407 
3408 /// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte
3409 /// alignment in the parameter area.
3410 bool
3411 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const {
3412   // Complex types are passed just like their elements.
3413   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
3414     Ty = CTy->getElementType();
3415 
3416   // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are
3417   // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned).
3418   if (Ty->isVectorType())
3419     return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
3420 
3421   // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
3422   // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
3423   const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr;
3424   const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
3425   if (EltType) {
3426     const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3427     if ((EltType->isVectorType() &&
3428          getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
3429         (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
3430       AlignAsType = EltType;
3431   }
3432 
3433   // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates.
3434   const Type *Base = nullptr;
3435   uint64_t Members = 0;
3436   if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 &&
3437       isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
3438     AlignAsType = Base;
3439 
3440   // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment.
3441   if (AlignAsType)
3442     return AlignAsType->isVectorType();
3443 
3444   // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that
3445   // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes.
3446   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128)
3447     return true;
3448 
3449   return false;
3450 }
3451 
3452 /// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous
3453 /// aggregate.  Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set
3454 /// to the number of base elements.
3455 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3456                                      uint64_t &Members) const {
3457   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3458     uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3459     if (NElements == 0)
3460       return false;
3461     if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members))
3462       return false;
3463     Members *= NElements;
3464   } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3465     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
3466     if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3467       return false;
3468 
3469     Members = 0;
3470 
3471     // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
3472     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
3473       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
3474         // Ignore empty records.
3475         if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), I.getType(), true))
3476           continue;
3477 
3478         uint64_t FldMembers;
3479         if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(I.getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3480           return false;
3481 
3482         Members += FldMembers;
3483       }
3484     }
3485 
3486     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
3487       // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records.
3488       QualType FT = FD->getType();
3489       while (const ConstantArrayType *AT =
3490              getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
3491         if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0)
3492           return false;
3493         FT = AT->getElementType();
3494       }
3495       if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true))
3496         continue;
3497 
3498       // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
3499       if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3500           FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
3501         continue;
3502 
3503       uint64_t FldMembers;
3504       if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3505         return false;
3506 
3507       Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
3508                  std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
3509     }
3510 
3511     if (!Base)
3512       return false;
3513 
3514     // Ensure there is no padding.
3515     if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members !=
3516         getContext().getTypeSize(Ty))
3517       return false;
3518   } else {
3519     Members = 1;
3520     if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3521       Members = 2;
3522       Ty = CT->getElementType();
3523     }
3524 
3525     // Most ABIs only support float, double, and some vector type widths.
3526     if (!isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(Ty))
3527       return false;
3528 
3529     // The base type must be the same for all members.  Types that
3530     // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are
3531     // treated as being equivalent here.
3532     const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
3533     if (!Base)
3534       Base = TyPtr;
3535 
3536     if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() ||
3537         getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr))
3538       return false;
3539   }
3540   return Members > 0 && isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(Base, Members);
3541 }
3542 
3543 bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
3544   // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float,
3545   // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors.
3546   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3547     if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3548         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3549         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3550       return true;
3551   }
3552   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3553     if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) == 128)
3554       return true;
3555   }
3556   return false;
3557 }
3558 
3559 bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(
3560     const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const {
3561   // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one
3562   // or two registers depending on their size.
3563   uint32_t NumRegs =
3564       Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64;
3565 
3566   // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers.
3567   return Members * NumRegs <= 8;
3568 }
3569 
3570 ABIArgInfo
3571 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
3572   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
3573 
3574   if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
3575     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3576 
3577   // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3578   // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3579   if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
3580     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3581     if (Size > 128)
3582       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3583     else if (Size < 128) {
3584       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3585       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3586     }
3587   }
3588 
3589   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
3590     if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
3591       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
3592 
3593     uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty)? 16 : 8;
3594     uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3595 
3596     // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types.
3597     const Type *Base = nullptr;
3598     uint64_t Members = 0;
3599     if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3600         isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
3601       llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3602       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3603       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3604     }
3605 
3606     // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not
3607     // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array.
3608     // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the
3609     // back-end to store the argument to memory.
3610     uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3611     if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) {
3612       llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3613 
3614       // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be
3615       // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword).
3616       if (Bits <= GPRBits)
3617         CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3618                                           llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3619       // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected
3620       // according to the required alignment in the save area.
3621       else {
3622         uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8;
3623         uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits;
3624         llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits);
3625         CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs);
3626       }
3627 
3628       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3629     }
3630 
3631     // All other aggregates are passed ByVal.
3632     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
3633                                    /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
3634   }
3635 
3636   return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
3637           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3638 }
3639 
3640 ABIArgInfo
3641 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
3642   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3643     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3644 
3645   if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
3646     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3647 
3648   // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3649   // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3650   if (RetTy->isVectorType()) {
3651     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3652     if (Size > 128)
3653       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3654     else if (Size < 128) {
3655       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3656       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3657     }
3658   }
3659 
3660   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3661     // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types.
3662     const Type *Base = nullptr;
3663     uint64_t Members = 0;
3664     if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3665         isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
3666       llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3667       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3668       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3669     }
3670 
3671     // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers.
3672     uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3673     if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) {
3674       if (Bits == 0)
3675         return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3676 
3677       llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3678       if (Bits > GPRBits) {
3679         CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
3680         CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, nullptr);
3681       } else
3682         CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3683                                           llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3684       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3685     }
3686 
3687     // All other aggregates are returned indirectly.
3688     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3689   }
3690 
3691   return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
3692           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3693 }
3694 
3695 // Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
3696 llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3697                                            QualType Ty,
3698                                            CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3699   llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3700   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3701 
3702   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3703   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3704   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3705 
3706   // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area.
3707   if (isAlignedParamType(Ty)) {
3708     llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3709     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(15));
3710     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(-16));
3711     Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
3712   }
3713 
3714   // Update the va_list pointer.  The pointer should be bumped by the
3715   // size of the object.  We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex
3716   // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword.  For these, the
3717   // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation.
3718   unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3719   QualType BaseTy;
3720   unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0;
3721 
3722   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3723     BaseTy = CTy->getElementType();
3724     CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8;
3725     if (CplxBaseSize < 8)
3726       SizeInBytes = 16;
3727   }
3728 
3729   unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8);
3730   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3731     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset),
3732                       "ap.next");
3733   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3734 
3735   // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
3736   // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
3737   // in separate doublewords.  However, Clang expects us to produce a
3738   // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly.  So generate
3739   // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
3740   // and store them to a temporary structure.
3741   if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) {
3742     llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3743     llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr;
3744     if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
3745       RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize));
3746       ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize));
3747     } else {
3748       ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8));
3749     }
3750     llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy));
3751     RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy);
3752     ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy);
3753     llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal");
3754     llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag");
3755     llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty),
3756                                             "vacplx");
3757     llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real");
3758     llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag");
3759     Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false);
3760     Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false);
3761     return Ptr;
3762   }
3763 
3764   // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in
3765   // its doubleword slot.  Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the
3766   // correct offset.
3767   if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
3768     llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3769     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes));
3770     Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP);
3771   }
3772 
3773   llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3774   return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3775 }
3776 
3777 static bool
3778 PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3779                               llvm::Value *Address) {
3780   // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3781   // against gcc output.  AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3782 
3783   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3784 
3785   llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3786   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3787   llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3788   llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3789 
3790   // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
3791   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
3792 
3793   // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3794   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3795 
3796   // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3797   // 64: mq
3798   // 65: lr
3799   // 66: ctr
3800   // 67: ap
3801   // 68-75 cr0-7
3802   // 76: xer
3803   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3804 
3805   // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3806   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3807 
3808   // 109: vrsave
3809   // 110: vscr
3810   // 111: spe_acc
3811   // 112: spefscr
3812   // 113: sfp
3813   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3814 
3815   return false;
3816 }
3817 
3818 bool
3819 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
3820   CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3821   llvm::Value *Address) const {
3822 
3823   return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3824 }
3825 
3826 bool
3827 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3828                                                 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3829 
3830   return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3831 }
3832 
3833 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3834 // AArch64 ABI Implementation
3835 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3836 
3837 namespace {
3838 
3839 class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
3840 public:
3841   enum ABIKind {
3842     AAPCS = 0,
3843     DarwinPCS
3844   };
3845 
3846 private:
3847   ABIKind Kind;
3848 
3849 public:
3850   AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
3851 
3852 private:
3853   ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3854   bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
3855 
3856   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3857   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
3858   bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3859   bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3860                                          uint64_t Members) const override;
3861 
3862   bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
3863 
3864   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
3865     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3866       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
3867 
3868     for (auto &it : FI.arguments())
3869       it.info = classifyArgumentType(it.type);
3870   }
3871 
3872   llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3873                                CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3874 
3875   llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3876                               CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3877 
3878   virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3879                                  CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override {
3880     return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
3881                          : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3882   }
3883 };
3884 
3885 class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3886 public:
3887   AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3888       : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
3889 
3890   StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const {
3891     return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3892   }
3893 
3894   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; }
3895 
3896   virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; }
3897 };
3898 }
3899 
3900 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
3901   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
3902 
3903   // Handle illegal vector types here.
3904   if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
3905     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3906     if (Size <= 32) {
3907       llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
3908       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3909     }
3910     if (Size == 64) {
3911       llvm::Type *ResType =
3912           llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
3913       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3914     }
3915     if (Size == 128) {
3916       llvm::Type *ResType =
3917           llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
3918       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3919     }
3920     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3921   }
3922 
3923   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
3924     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3925     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3926       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3927 
3928     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3929                 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3930                 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3931   }
3932 
3933   // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
3934   // copy constructor are always indirect.
3935   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
3936     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
3937                                    CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
3938   }
3939 
3940   // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
3941   // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
3942   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3943     if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
3944       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3945 
3946     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
3947   }
3948 
3949   // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
3950   const Type *Base = nullptr;
3951   uint64_t Members = 0;
3952   if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
3953     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
3954         llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members));
3955   }
3956 
3957   // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
3958   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3959   if (Size <= 128) {
3960     unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
3961     Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3962 
3963     // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
3964     // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
3965     if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
3966       llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
3967       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3968     }
3969     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3970   }
3971 
3972   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3973 }
3974 
3975 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
3976   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3977     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3978 
3979   // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
3980   if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
3981     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3982 
3983   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3984     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3985     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
3986       RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3987 
3988     return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3989                 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3990                 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3991   }
3992 
3993   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
3994     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3995 
3996   const Type *Base = nullptr;
3997   uint64_t Members = 0;
3998   if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members))
3999     // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
4000     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4001 
4002   // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
4003   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4004   if (Size <= 128) {
4005     Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
4006     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
4007   }
4008 
4009   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4010 }
4011 
4012 /// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
4013 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4014   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4015     // Check whether VT is legal.
4016     unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4017     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4018     // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
4019     if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
4020       return true;
4021     return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
4022   }
4023   return false;
4024 }
4025 
4026 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4027   // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating
4028   // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI,
4029   // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed,
4030   // including __fp16.
4031   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4032     if (BT->isFloatingPoint())
4033       return true;
4034   } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4035     unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4036     if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
4037       return true;
4038   }
4039   return false;
4040 }
4041 
4042 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
4043                                                        uint64_t Members) const {
4044   return Members <= 4;
4045 }
4046 
4047 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
4048                                             QualType Ty,
4049                                             CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4050   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
4051   bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
4052 
4053   llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
4054   if (IsIndirect)
4055     BaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy);
4056   else if (AI.getCoerceToType())
4057     BaseTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
4058 
4059   unsigned NumRegs = 1;
4060   if (llvm::ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(BaseTy)) {
4061     BaseTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
4062     NumRegs = ArrTy->getNumElements();
4063   }
4064   bool IsFPR = BaseTy->isFloatingPointTy() || BaseTy->isVectorTy();
4065 
4066   // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
4067   // Standard, section B.4:
4068   //
4069   // struct {
4070   //   void *__stack;
4071   //   void *__gr_top;
4072   //   void *__vr_top;
4073   //   int __gr_offs;
4074   //   int __vr_offs;
4075   // };
4076 
4077   llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
4078   llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
4079   llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
4080   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
4081   auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
4082 
4083   llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr;
4084   int reg_top_index;
4085   int RegSize = IsIndirect ? 8 : getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4086   if (!IsFPR) {
4087     // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
4088     reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p");
4089     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
4090     reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
4091     RegSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(RegSize, 8);
4092   } else {
4093     // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
4094     reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p");
4095     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
4096     reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
4097     RegSize = 16 * NumRegs;
4098   }
4099 
4100   //=======================================
4101   // Find out where argument was passed
4102   //=======================================
4103 
4104   // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
4105   // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
4106   // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
4107   // whatever they get).
4108   llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
4109   UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
4110       reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
4111 
4112   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
4113 
4114   // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
4115   // question is whether this particular type is too big.
4116   CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
4117 
4118   // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
4119   // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
4120   // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
4121   if (!IsFPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
4122     int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4123 
4124     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4125         reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
4126         "align_regoffs");
4127     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4128         reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
4129         "aligned_regoffs");
4130   }
4131 
4132   // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
4133   llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
4134   NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4135       reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
4136   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
4137 
4138   // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
4139   // registers or not.
4140   llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
4141   InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
4142       NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
4143 
4144   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
4145 
4146   //=======================================
4147   // Argument was in registers
4148   //=======================================
4149 
4150   // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
4151   // registers. First start the appropriate block:
4152   CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
4153 
4154   llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr;
4155   reg_top_p =
4156       CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p");
4157   reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
4158   llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs);
4159   llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr;
4160   llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
4161 
4162   if (IsIndirect) {
4163     // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
4164     // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
4165     MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
4166   }
4167 
4168   const Type *Base = nullptr;
4169   uint64_t NumMembers = 0;
4170   bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumMembers);
4171   if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
4172     // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
4173     // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
4174     // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
4175     // contiguously.
4176     assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
4177     llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
4178     llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
4179     llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy);
4180     int Offset = 0;
4181 
4182     if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128)
4183       Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8;
4184     for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
4185       llvm::Value *BaseOffset =
4186           llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset);
4187       llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
4188       LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
4189           LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy));
4190       llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i);
4191 
4192       llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
4193       CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
4194     }
4195 
4196     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
4197   } else {
4198     // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory
4199     unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8;
4200     if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
4201         (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
4202         Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) {
4203       int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4204       BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4205 
4206       BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4207           BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4208 
4209       BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4210     }
4211 
4212     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
4213   }
4214 
4215   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4216 
4217   //=======================================
4218   // Argument was on the stack
4219   //=======================================
4220   CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
4221 
4222   llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr;
4223   stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p");
4224   OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
4225 
4226   // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and
4227   // floating-point ones might be affected.
4228   if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
4229     int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4230 
4231     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4232 
4233     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4234         OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
4235         "align_stack");
4236     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4237         OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
4238         "align_stack");
4239 
4240     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4241   }
4242 
4243   uint64_t StackSize;
4244   if (IsIndirect)
4245     StackSize = 8;
4246   else
4247     StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4248 
4249   // All stack slots are 8 bytes
4250   StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8);
4251 
4252   llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize);
4253   llvm::Value *NewStack =
4254       CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
4255 
4256   // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
4257   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
4258 
4259   if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
4260       Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) {
4261     int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4262     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4263 
4264     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4265         OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4266 
4267     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4268   }
4269 
4270   OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
4271 
4272   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4273 
4274   //=======================================
4275   // Tidy up
4276   //=======================================
4277   CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
4278 
4279   llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
4280   ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
4281   ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock);
4282 
4283   if (IsIndirect)
4284     return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr");
4285 
4286   return ResAddr;
4287 }
4288 
4289 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4290                                            CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4291   // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types.
4292   // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for
4293   // other cases.
4294   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
4295     return nullptr;
4296 
4297   uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4298   uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4299 
4300   const Type *Base = nullptr;
4301   uint64_t Members = 0;
4302   bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members);
4303 
4304   bool isIndirect = false;
4305   // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should
4306   // be passed indirectly.
4307   if (Size > 16 && !isHA) {
4308     isIndirect = true;
4309     Size = 8;
4310     Align = 8;
4311   }
4312 
4313   llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
4314   llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP);
4315 
4316   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
4317   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
4318   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
4319 
4320   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4321     // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4322     llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4323     return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4324   }
4325 
4326   const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8;
4327   if (Align > MinABIAlign) {
4328     llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
4329     Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
4330     llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4331     llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1));
4332     llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask);
4333     Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align");
4334   }
4335 
4336   uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign);
4337   llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(
4338       Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next");
4339   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4340 
4341   if (isIndirect)
4342     Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
4343   llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4344   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4345 
4346   return AddrTyped;
4347 }
4348 
4349 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4350 // ARM ABI Implementation
4351 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4352 
4353 namespace {
4354 
4355 class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4356 public:
4357   enum ABIKind {
4358     APCS = 0,
4359     AAPCS = 1,
4360     AAPCS_VFP
4361   };
4362 
4363 private:
4364   ABIKind Kind;
4365   mutable int VFPRegs[16];
4366   const unsigned NumVFPs;
4367   const unsigned NumGPRs;
4368   mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs;
4369   mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs;
4370 
4371 public:
4372   ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind),
4373     NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) {
4374     setCCs();
4375     resetAllocatedRegs();
4376   }
4377 
4378   bool isEABI() const {
4379     switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4380     case llvm::Triple::Android:
4381     case llvm::Triple::EABI:
4382     case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4383     case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
4384     case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4385       return true;
4386     default:
4387       return false;
4388     }
4389   }
4390 
4391   bool isEABIHF() const {
4392     switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4393     case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4394     case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4395       return true;
4396     default:
4397       return false;
4398     }
4399   }
4400 
4401   ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4402 
4403 private:
4404   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
4405   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic,
4406                                   bool &IsCPRC) const;
4407   bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
4408 
4409   bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
4410   bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
4411                                          uint64_t Members) const override;
4412 
4413   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4414 
4415   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4416                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
4417 
4418   llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
4419   llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
4420   void setCCs();
4421 
4422   void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
4423   void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
4424   void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const;
4425 };
4426 
4427 class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4428 public:
4429   ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4430     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
4431 
4432   const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
4433     return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
4434   }
4435 
4436   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
4437     return 13;
4438   }
4439 
4440   StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
4441     return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4442   }
4443 
4444   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
4445                                llvm::Value *Address) const override {
4446     llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
4447 
4448     // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
4449     AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
4450     return false;
4451   }
4452 
4453   unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
4454     if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
4455     return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
4456   }
4457 
4458   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4459                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
4460     const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4461     if (!FD)
4462       return;
4463 
4464     const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
4465     if (!Attr)
4466       return;
4467 
4468     const char *Kind;
4469     switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
4470     case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
4471     case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ:     Kind = "IRQ"; break;
4472     case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ:     Kind = "FIQ"; break;
4473     case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI:     Kind = "SWI"; break;
4474     case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT:   Kind = "ABORT"; break;
4475     case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF:   Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
4476     }
4477 
4478     llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4479 
4480     Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
4481 
4482     if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
4483       return;
4484 
4485     // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
4486     // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
4487     // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
4488     llvm::AttrBuilder B;
4489     B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
4490     Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4491                       llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
4492                                               llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4493                                               B));
4494   }
4495 
4496 };
4497 
4498 }
4499 
4500 void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
4501   // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
4502   // VFP registers allocated so far.
4503   // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4504   // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4505   // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4506   // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4507   // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
4508   resetAllocatedRegs();
4509 
4510   if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
4511     if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
4512       markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4513   } else {
4514     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
4515   }
4516   for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
4517     unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs;
4518     unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs;
4519     bool IsCPRC = false;
4520     // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers
4521     // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments.
4522     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC);
4523 
4524     // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running
4525     // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and
4526     // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the
4527     // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could
4528     // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as
4529     // unusable anyway.
4530     // We do not have to do this if the argument is being passed ByVal, as the
4531     // backend can handle that situation correctly.
4532     const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs;
4533     const bool IsByVal = I.info.isIndirect() && I.info.getIndirectByVal();
4534     if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs &&
4535         StackUsed && !IsByVal) {
4536       llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
4537           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs);
4538       if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) {
4539         I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */,
4540                                        0 /* offset */, PaddingTy, true);
4541       } else {
4542         I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
4543                                        PaddingTy, true);
4544       }
4545     }
4546   }
4547 
4548   // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4549   if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4550     return;
4551 
4552   llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
4553   if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4554     FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
4555 }
4556 
4557 /// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
4558 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
4559   // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
4560   if (isEABIHF())
4561     return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4562   else if (isEABI())
4563     return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4564   else
4565     return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4566 }
4567 
4568 /// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
4569 /// as the C calling convention.
4570 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
4571   switch (getABIKind()) {
4572   case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4573   case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4574   case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4575   }
4576   llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
4577 }
4578 
4579 void ARMABIInfo::setCCs() {
4580   assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
4581 
4582   // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
4583   // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
4584   llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
4585   if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4586     RuntimeCC = abiCC;
4587 
4588   BuiltinCC = (getABIKind() == APCS ?
4589                llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS : llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS);
4590 }
4591 
4592 /// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and
4593 /// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested.
4594 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment,
4595                                    unsigned NumRequired) const {
4596   // Early Exit.
4597   if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) {
4598     // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on
4599     // the stack.
4600     AllocatedVFPs = 17;
4601     return;
4602   }
4603   // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4604   // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4605   // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4606   for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) {
4607     bool FoundSlot = true;
4608     for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4609       if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) {
4610          FoundSlot = false;
4611          break;
4612       }
4613     if (FoundSlot) {
4614       for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4615         VFPRegs[J] = 1;
4616       AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired;
4617       return;
4618     }
4619   }
4620   // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4621   // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
4622   for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++)
4623     VFPRegs[I] = 1;
4624   AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers.
4625 }
4626 
4627 /// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers
4628 /// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4,
4629 /// this represents arguments being stored on the stack.
4630 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment,
4631                                    unsigned NumRequired) const {
4632   assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes");
4633 
4634   if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1)
4635     AllocatedGPRs += 1;
4636 
4637   AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired;
4638 }
4639 
4640 void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const {
4641   AllocatedGPRs = 0;
4642   AllocatedVFPs = 0;
4643   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i)
4644     VFPRegs[i] = 0;
4645 }
4646 
4647 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic,
4648                                             bool &IsCPRC) const {
4649   // We update number of allocated VFPs according to
4650   // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4651   //   A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4652   //   half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4653   //   A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4654   //   with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4655   //   64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4656   //   to four Elements.
4657   bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
4658 
4659   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
4660 
4661   // Handle illegal vector types here.
4662   if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4663     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4664     if (Size <= 32) {
4665       llvm::Type *ResType =
4666           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4667       markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4668       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4669     }
4670     if (Size == 64) {
4671       llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4672           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
4673       if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){
4674         markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2);
4675       } else {
4676         markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4677         IsCPRC = true;
4678       }
4679       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4680     }
4681     if (Size == 128) {
4682       llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4683           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
4684       if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) {
4685         markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4);
4686       } else {
4687         markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4);
4688         IsCPRC = true;
4689       }
4690       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4691     }
4692     markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4693     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4694   }
4695   // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types.
4696   if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4697     if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4698       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4699       // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64.
4700       markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32);
4701       IsCPRC = true;
4702     }
4703   }
4704   // Update VFPRegs for floating point types.
4705   if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4706     if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4707       if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
4708           BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) {
4709         markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1);
4710         IsCPRC = true;
4711       }
4712       if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4713           BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
4714         markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4715         IsCPRC = true;
4716       }
4717     }
4718   }
4719 
4720   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
4721     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4722     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
4723       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4724     }
4725 
4726     unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4727     if (!IsCPRC)
4728       markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32);
4729     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4730                                           : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4731   }
4732 
4733   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
4734     markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4735     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
4736   }
4737 
4738   // Ignore empty records.
4739   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
4740     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4741 
4742   if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
4743     // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
4744     // into VFP registers.
4745     const Type *Base = nullptr;
4746     uint64_t Members = 0;
4747     if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
4748       assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
4749       // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
4750       if (Base->isVectorType()) {
4751         // ElementSize is in number of floats.
4752         unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4;
4753         markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize,
4754                           Members * ElementSize);
4755       } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
4756         markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members);
4757       else {
4758         assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
4759                Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble));
4760         markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2);
4761       }
4762       IsCPRC = true;
4763       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
4764     }
4765   }
4766 
4767   // Support byval for ARM.
4768   // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
4769   // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
4770   // than ABI alignment.
4771   uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
4772   uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4773   if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4774       getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4775     ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
4776   if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
4777     // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the
4778     // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available
4779     // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the
4780     // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled.
4781     markAllocatedGPRs(1, 4);
4782     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
4783            /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
4784   }
4785 
4786   // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
4787   llvm::Type* ElemTy;
4788   unsigned SizeRegs;
4789   // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
4790   // we can.
4791   if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
4792     ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4793     SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
4794     markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs);
4795   } else {
4796     ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4797     SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
4798     markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2);
4799   }
4800 
4801   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs));
4802 }
4803 
4804 static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
4805                               llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
4806   // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
4807   // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
4808   // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
4809 
4810   uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
4811 
4812   // Check that the type fits in a word.
4813   if (Size > 32)
4814     return false;
4815 
4816   // FIXME: Handle vector types!
4817   if (Ty->isVectorType())
4818     return false;
4819 
4820   // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
4821   if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
4822     return false;
4823 
4824   // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
4825   if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
4826     return true;
4827 
4828   // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
4829   if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
4830     return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
4831 
4832   // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
4833   // above, but they are not.
4834 
4835   // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
4836   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
4837   if (!RT) return false;
4838 
4839   // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
4840   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4841   if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
4842     return false;
4843 
4844   // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
4845   // like".
4846   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4847 
4848   bool HadField = false;
4849   unsigned idx = 0;
4850   for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
4851        i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
4852     const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
4853 
4854     // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
4855     // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
4856     //   struct { int : 0; int x }
4857     // is non-integer like according to gcc.
4858     if (FD->isBitField()) {
4859       if (!RD->isUnion())
4860         HadField = true;
4861 
4862       if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4863         return false;
4864 
4865       continue;
4866     }
4867 
4868     // Check if this field is at offset 0.
4869     if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
4870       return false;
4871 
4872     if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4873       return false;
4874 
4875     // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
4876     // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
4877     // empty structure.
4878     if (!RD->isUnion()) {
4879       if (HadField)
4880         return false;
4881 
4882       HadField = true;
4883     }
4884   }
4885 
4886   return true;
4887 }
4888 
4889 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
4890                                           bool isVariadic) const {
4891   bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
4892 
4893   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4894     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4895 
4896   // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
4897   if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
4898     markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4899     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4900   }
4901 
4902   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
4903     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4904     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4905       RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4906 
4907     return RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4908                                             : ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4909   }
4910 
4911   // Are we following APCS?
4912   if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
4913     if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
4914       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4915 
4916     // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
4917     //
4918     // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
4919     // correctly.
4920     if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
4921       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(
4922           getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
4923 
4924     // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
4925     if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
4926       // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4927       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4928       if (Size <= 8)
4929         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
4930       if (Size <= 16)
4931         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4932       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
4933     }
4934 
4935     // Otherwise return in memory.
4936     markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4937     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4938   }
4939 
4940   // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
4941 
4942   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
4943     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4944 
4945   // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
4946   if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
4947     const Type *Base = nullptr;
4948     uint64_t Members;
4949     if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
4950       assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
4951       // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
4952       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
4953     }
4954   }
4955 
4956   // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
4957   // are returned indirectly.
4958   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4959   if (Size <= 32) {
4960     if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
4961       // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
4962       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
4963 
4964     // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4965     if (Size <= 8)
4966       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
4967     if (Size <= 16)
4968       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4969     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
4970   }
4971 
4972   markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4973   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4974 }
4975 
4976 /// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
4977 bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4978   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4979     // Check whether VT is legal.
4980     unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4981     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4982     // NumElements should be power of 2.
4983     if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0)
4984       return true;
4985     // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
4986     return Size <= 32;
4987   }
4988   return false;
4989 }
4990 
4991 bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4992   // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
4993   // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors.
4994   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4995     if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
4996         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4997         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4998       return true;
4999   } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
5000     unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
5001     if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
5002       return true;
5003   }
5004   return false;
5005 }
5006 
5007 bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
5008                                                    uint64_t Members) const {
5009   return Members <= 4;
5010 }
5011 
5012 llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5013                                    CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5014   llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5015   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
5016 
5017   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5018   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5019   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
5020 
5021   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
5022     // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
5023     llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5024     return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5025   }
5026 
5027   uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
5028   uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
5029   bool IsIndirect = false;
5030 
5031   // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
5032   // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
5033   if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
5034       getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
5035     TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
5036   else
5037     TyAlign = 4;
5038   // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
5039   if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) {
5040     IsIndirect = true;
5041     Size = 4;
5042     TyAlign = 4;
5043   }
5044 
5045   // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes.
5046   if (TyAlign > 4) {
5047     assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 &&
5048            "Alignment is not power of 2!");
5049     llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty);
5050     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1));
5051     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1)));
5052     Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
5053   }
5054 
5055   uint64_t Offset =
5056     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4);
5057   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5058     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
5059                       "ap.next");
5060   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5061 
5062   if (IsIndirect)
5063     Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
5064   else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) {
5065     // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur
5066     // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned
5067     // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary
5068     // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater
5069     // than the ABI alignment.
5070     llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy();
5071     CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
5072     llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty),
5073                                                     "var.align");
5074     llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy);
5075     llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy);
5076     Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src,
5077         llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()),
5078         TyAlign, false);
5079     Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location.
5080   }
5081   llvm::Type *PTy =
5082     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5083   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5084 
5085   return AddrTyped;
5086 }
5087 
5088 namespace {
5089 
5090 class NaClARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5091  public:
5092   NaClARMABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
5093       : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, Kind) {}
5094   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5095   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5096                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
5097  private:
5098   PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
5099   ARMABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
5100 };
5101 
5102 class NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo  {
5103  public:
5104   NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
5105       : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClARMABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
5106 };
5107 
5108 }
5109 
5110 void NaClARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5111   if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
5112     PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
5113   else
5114     static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).computeInfo(FI);
5115 }
5116 
5117 llvm::Value *NaClARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5118                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5119   // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
5120   // is unsupported.
5121   return static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
5122 }
5123 
5124 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5125 // NVPTX ABI Implementation
5126 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5127 
5128 namespace {
5129 
5130 class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5131 public:
5132   NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5133 
5134   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5135   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5136 
5137   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5138   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5139                          CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override;
5140 };
5141 
5142 class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5143 public:
5144   NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5145     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5146 
5147   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5148                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
5149 private:
5150   // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
5151   // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
5152   static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
5153 };
5154 
5155 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5156   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5157     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5158 
5159   // note: this is different from default ABI
5160   if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
5161     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5162 
5163   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5164   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5165     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5166 
5167   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5168           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5169 }
5170 
5171 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5172   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5173   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5174     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5175 
5176   // Return aggregates type as indirect by value
5177   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
5178     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /* byval */ true);
5179 
5180   return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5181           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5182 }
5183 
5184 void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5185   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5186     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5187   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5188     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
5189 
5190   // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
5191   if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
5192     return;
5193 
5194   FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
5195 }
5196 
5197 llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5198                                      CodeGenFunction &CFG) const {
5199   llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
5200 }
5201 
5202 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
5203 SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5204                     CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
5205   const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5206   if (!FD) return;
5207 
5208   llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5209 
5210   // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
5211   if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5212     // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
5213     // By default, all functions are device functions
5214     if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5215       // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
5216       // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5217       addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5218       // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
5219       F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
5220     }
5221   }
5222 
5223   // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
5224   if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5225     // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry.  Since
5226     // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
5227     // need to set the noinline attribute.
5228     if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
5229       // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5230       addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5231     }
5232     if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
5233       // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
5234       addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx",
5235                       FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads());
5236       // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a
5237       // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in
5238       // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we
5239       // don't have to add a PTX directive.
5240       int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks();
5241       if (MinCTASM > 0) {
5242         // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
5243         addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM);
5244       }
5245     }
5246   }
5247 }
5248 
5249 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
5250                                              int Operand) {
5251   llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
5252   llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
5253 
5254   // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
5255   llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
5256 
5257   llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = {
5258       llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F), llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
5259       llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(
5260           llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand))};
5261   // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
5262   MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
5263 }
5264 }
5265 
5266 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5267 // SystemZ ABI Implementation
5268 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5269 
5270 namespace {
5271 
5272 class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5273 public:
5274   SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5275 
5276   bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
5277   bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
5278   bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5279 
5280   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5281   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
5282 
5283   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
5284     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5285       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5286     for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5287       I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
5288   }
5289 
5290   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5291                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
5292 };
5293 
5294 class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5295 public:
5296   SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5297     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5298 };
5299 
5300 }
5301 
5302 bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
5303   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5304   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5305     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5306 
5307   // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
5308   if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5309     return true;
5310 
5311   // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
5312   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5313     switch (BT->getKind()) {
5314     case BuiltinType::Int:
5315     case BuiltinType::UInt:
5316       return true;
5317     default:
5318       return false;
5319     }
5320   return false;
5321 }
5322 
5323 bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
5324   return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty);
5325 }
5326 
5327 bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5328   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5329     switch (BT->getKind()) {
5330     case BuiltinType::Float:
5331     case BuiltinType::Double:
5332       return true;
5333     default:
5334       return false;
5335     }
5336 
5337   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
5338     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5339     bool Found = false;
5340 
5341     // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
5342     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
5343       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
5344         QualType Base = I.getType();
5345 
5346         // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
5347         if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
5348           continue;
5349 
5350         if (Found)
5351           return false;
5352         Found = isFPArgumentType(Base);
5353         if (!Found)
5354           return false;
5355       }
5356 
5357     // Check the fields.
5358     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
5359       // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way.
5360       // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
5361       // do count.  So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
5362       if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
5363         return true;
5364 
5365       // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
5366       // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though.
5367       if (Found)
5368         return false;
5369       Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType());
5370       if (!Found)
5371         return false;
5372     }
5373 
5374     // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
5375     // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
5376     return Found;
5377   }
5378 
5379   return false;
5380 }
5381 
5382 llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5383                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5384   // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
5385   // struct {
5386   //   i64 __gpr;
5387   //   i64 __fpr;
5388   //   i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
5389   //   i8 *__reg_save_area;
5390   // };
5391 
5392   // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either
5393   // GPRs or FPRs.
5394   Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
5395   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
5396   bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty);
5397 
5398   llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
5399   bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
5400   unsigned UnpaddedBitSize;
5401   if (IsIndirect) {
5402     APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy);
5403     UnpaddedBitSize = 64;
5404   } else
5405     UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5406   unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64;
5407   assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
5408 
5409   unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8;
5410   unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8;
5411 
5412   unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding;
5413   if (InFPRs) {
5414     MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
5415     RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
5416     RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
5417     RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
5418   } else {
5419     MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
5420     RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
5421     RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
5422     RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
5423   }
5424 
5425   llvm::Value *RegCountPtr =
5426     CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr");
5427   llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
5428   llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType();
5429   llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
5430   llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
5431                                                  "fits_in_regs");
5432 
5433   llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
5434   llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
5435   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
5436   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
5437 
5438   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
5439   CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
5440 
5441   // Work out the address of an argument register.
5442   llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize);
5443   llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
5444     CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
5445   llvm::Value *RegBase =
5446     llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding);
5447   llvm::Value *RegOffset =
5448     CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
5449   llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr =
5450     CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr");
5451   llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
5452     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
5453   llvm::Value *RawRegAddr =
5454     CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr");
5455   llvm::Value *RegAddr =
5456     CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr");
5457 
5458   // Update the register count
5459   llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
5460   llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
5461     CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
5462   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
5463   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5464 
5465   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
5466   CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
5467 
5468   // Work out the address of a stack argument.
5469   llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr =
5470     CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5471   llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
5472     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
5473   llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding);
5474   llvm::Value *RawMemAddr =
5475     CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr");
5476   llvm::Value *MemAddr =
5477     CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr");
5478 
5479   // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5480   llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5481     CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
5482   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5483   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5484 
5485   // Return the appropriate result.
5486   CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
5487   llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr");
5488   ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
5489   ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
5490 
5491   if (IsIndirect)
5492     return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg");
5493 
5494   return ResAddr;
5495 }
5496 
5497 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5498   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5499     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5500   if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5501     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5502   return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
5503           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5504 }
5505 
5506 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5507   // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
5508   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
5509     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5510 
5511   // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
5512   if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
5513     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5514 
5515   // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
5516   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5517   if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
5518     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5519 
5520   // Handle small structures.
5521   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5522     // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
5523     // fail the size test above.
5524     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5525     if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
5526       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5527 
5528     // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
5529     llvm::Type *PassTy;
5530     if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) {
5531       assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
5532       if (Size == 32)
5533         PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
5534       else
5535         PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
5536     } else
5537       PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
5538     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
5539   }
5540 
5541   // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
5542   if (isCompoundType(Ty))
5543     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5544 
5545   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
5546 }
5547 
5548 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5549 // MSP430 ABI Implementation
5550 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5551 
5552 namespace {
5553 
5554 class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5555 public:
5556   MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5557     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5558   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5559                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
5560 };
5561 
5562 }
5563 
5564 void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5565                                                   llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5566                                              CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5567   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5568     if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
5569       // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
5570       llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5571 
5572       // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5573       F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5574 
5575       // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
5576       F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
5577 
5578       // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
5579       unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
5580       llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5581                                 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
5582     }
5583   }
5584 }
5585 
5586 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5587 // MIPS ABI Implementation.  This works for both little-endian and
5588 // big-endian variants.
5589 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5590 
5591 namespace {
5592 class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5593   bool IsO32;
5594   unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5595   void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
5596                        SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
5597   llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
5598   llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
5599   llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
5600 public:
5601   MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
5602     ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
5603     StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
5604 
5605   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5606   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
5607   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5608   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5609                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
5610 };
5611 
5612 class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5613   unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
5614 public:
5615   MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5616     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
5617       SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
5618 
5619   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
5620     return 29;
5621   }
5622 
5623   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5624                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
5625     const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5626     if (!FD) return;
5627     llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5628     if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5629       Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5630     }
5631     else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5632       Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5633     }
5634   }
5635 
5636   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5637                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
5638 
5639   unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
5640     return SizeOfUnwindException;
5641   }
5642 };
5643 }
5644 
5645 void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
5646                                   SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
5647   llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
5648     llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5649 
5650   // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
5651   for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
5652     ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
5653 
5654   // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
5655   unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5656 
5657   if (R)
5658     ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
5659 }
5660 
5661 // In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
5662 // a register.
5663 llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
5664   SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
5665 
5666   if (IsO32) {
5667     CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5668     return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5669   }
5670 
5671   if (Ty->isComplexType())
5672     return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
5673 
5674   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
5675 
5676   // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
5677   if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5678     CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5679     return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5680   }
5681 
5682   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5683   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5684   assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
5685 
5686   uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
5687   unsigned idx = 0;
5688   llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
5689 
5690   // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
5691   // double fields.
5692   for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5693        i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
5694     const QualType Ty = i->getType();
5695     const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5696 
5697     if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
5698       continue;
5699 
5700     uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
5701     if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
5702       continue;
5703 
5704     // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
5705     for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
5706       ArgList.push_back(I64);
5707 
5708     // Add double type.
5709     ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
5710     LastOffset = Offset + 64;
5711   }
5712 
5713   CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
5714   ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
5715 
5716   return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5717 }
5718 
5719 llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
5720                                         uint64_t Offset) const {
5721   if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
5722     return nullptr;
5723 
5724   return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
5725 }
5726 
5727 ABIArgInfo
5728 MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
5729   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
5730 
5731   uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
5732   uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5733   uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
5734 
5735   Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
5736                    (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
5737   unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align);
5738   Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
5739 
5740   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
5741     // Ignore empty aggregates.
5742     if (TySize == 0)
5743       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5744 
5745     if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
5746       Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
5747       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5748     }
5749 
5750     // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
5751     // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
5752     // aggregate is unaligned.
5753     ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5754         ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
5755                               getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
5756     ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5757     return ArgInfo;
5758   }
5759 
5760   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5761   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5762     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5763 
5764   // All integral types are promoted to the GPR width.
5765   if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
5766     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5767 
5768   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
5769       nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
5770 }
5771 
5772 llvm::Type*
5773 MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
5774   const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
5775   SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
5776 
5777   if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5778     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5779     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5780     unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
5781 
5782     // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
5783     // following conditions are met:
5784     // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
5785     // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
5786     //    point types.
5787     // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
5788     //
5789     // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
5790     //
5791     if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
5792       RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5793       for (; b != e; ++b) {
5794         const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5795 
5796         if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
5797           break;
5798 
5799         RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
5800       }
5801 
5802       if (b == e)
5803         return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
5804                                      RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
5805 
5806       RTList.clear();
5807     }
5808   }
5809 
5810   CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
5811   return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
5812 }
5813 
5814 ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5815   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5816 
5817   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5818     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5819 
5820   // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs.
5821   // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values.
5822   if (!IsO32 && Size == 0)
5823     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5824 
5825   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
5826     if (Size <= 128) {
5827       if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
5828         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5829 
5830       // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small
5831       // aggregates in registers.
5832       if (!IsO32 ||
5833           (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) {
5834         ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5835             ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5836         ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5837         return ArgInfo;
5838       }
5839     }
5840 
5841     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5842   }
5843 
5844   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5845   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5846     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5847 
5848   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5849           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5850 }
5851 
5852 void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5853   ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
5854   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5855     RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5856 
5857   // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
5858   uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
5859 
5860   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5861     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
5862 }
5863 
5864 llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5865                                     CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5866   llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5867   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
5868 
5869   // Integer arguments are promoted to 32-bit on O32 and 64-bit on N32/N64.
5870   // Pointers are also promoted in the same way but this only matters for N32.
5871   unsigned SlotSizeInBits = IsO32 ? 32 : 64;
5872   unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
5873   if ((Ty->isIntegerType() &&
5874           CGF.getContext().getIntWidth(Ty) < SlotSizeInBits) ||
5875       (Ty->isPointerType() && PtrWidth < SlotSizeInBits)) {
5876     Ty = CGF.getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(SlotSizeInBits,
5877                                                 Ty->isSignedIntegerType());
5878   }
5879 
5880   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5881   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5882   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
5883   int64_t TypeAlign =
5884       std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes);
5885   llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5886   llvm::Value *AddrTyped;
5887   llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty;
5888 
5889   if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) {
5890     llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy);
5891     llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1);
5892     llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign);
5893     llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc);
5894     llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask);
5895     AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy);
5896   }
5897   else
5898     AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5899 
5900   llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP);
5901   TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
5902   unsigned ArgSizeInBits = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5903   uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(ArgSizeInBits / 8, TypeAlign);
5904   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5905     Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset),
5906                       "ap.next");
5907   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5908 
5909   return AddrTyped;
5910 }
5911 
5912 bool
5913 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5914                                                llvm::Value *Address) const {
5915   // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
5916   // as canonical as it gets.
5917 
5918   // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes.  Double-precision FP registers
5919   // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
5920   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
5921 
5922   // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
5923   // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
5924   // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
5925   // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
5926   AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
5927 
5928   // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
5929   // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
5930 
5931   // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
5932   // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
5933   // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
5934   // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
5935   // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
5936   AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
5937   return false;
5938 }
5939 
5940 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5941 // TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
5942 // Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
5943 // handling.
5944 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5945 
5946 namespace {
5947 
5948 class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
5949 public:
5950   TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5951     : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
5952 
5953   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5954                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
5955 };
5956 
5957 void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5958                                                llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5959                                                CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5960   const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5961   if (!FD) return;
5962 
5963   llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5964 
5965   if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5966     if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5967       // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
5968       F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
5969       const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
5970       if (Attr) {
5971         // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
5972         llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
5973         llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
5974             M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
5975 
5976         SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 5> Operands;
5977         Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F));
5978 
5979         Operands.push_back(
5980             llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5981                 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))));
5982         Operands.push_back(
5983             llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5984                 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))));
5985         Operands.push_back(
5986             llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5987                 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))));
5988 
5989         // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false)
5990         // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently
5991         // always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
5992         Operands.push_back(
5993             llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)));
5994         OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
5995       }
5996     }
5997   }
5998 }
5999 
6000 }
6001 
6002 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6003 // Hexagon ABI Implementation
6004 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6005 
6006 namespace {
6007 
6008 class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6009 
6010 
6011 public:
6012   HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6013 
6014 private:
6015 
6016   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
6017   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
6018 
6019   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
6020 
6021   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6022                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
6023 };
6024 
6025 class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6026 public:
6027   HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6028     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6029 
6030   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
6031     return 29;
6032   }
6033 };
6034 
6035 }
6036 
6037 void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6038   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
6039     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
6040   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6041     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
6042 }
6043 
6044 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
6045   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
6046     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6047     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6048       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6049 
6050     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6051             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6052   }
6053 
6054   // Ignore empty records.
6055   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
6056     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6057 
6058   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
6059     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
6060 
6061   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6062   if (Size > 64)
6063     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
6064     // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
6065   else if (Size > 32)
6066       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6067   else if (Size > 16)
6068       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6069   else if (Size > 8)
6070       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6071   else
6072       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6073 }
6074 
6075 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
6076   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
6077     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6078 
6079   // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
6080   if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
6081     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
6082 
6083   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
6084     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6085     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
6086       RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6087 
6088     return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6089             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6090   }
6091 
6092   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
6093     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6094 
6095   // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
6096   // are returned indirectly.
6097   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
6098   if (Size <= 64) {
6099     // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
6100     if (Size <= 8)
6101       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6102     if (Size <= 16)
6103       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6104     if (Size <= 32)
6105       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6106     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6107   }
6108 
6109   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
6110 }
6111 
6112 llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6113                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
6114   // FIXME: Need to handle alignment
6115   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
6116 
6117   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6118   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
6119                                                        "ap");
6120   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6121   llvm::Type *PTy =
6122     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
6123   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
6124 
6125   uint64_t Offset =
6126     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4);
6127   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
6128     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
6129                       "ap.next");
6130   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6131 
6132   return AddrTyped;
6133 }
6134 
6135 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6136 // AMDGPU ABI Implementation
6137 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6138 
6139 namespace {
6140 
6141 class AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6142 public:
6143   AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6144     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6145   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6146                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
6147 };
6148 
6149 }
6150 
6151 void AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(
6152   const Decl *D,
6153   llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6154   CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
6155   const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
6156   if (!FD)
6157     return;
6158 
6159   if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) {
6160     llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6161     uint32_t NumVGPR = Attr->getNumVGPR();
6162     if (NumVGPR != 0)
6163       F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_vgpr", llvm::utostr(NumVGPR));
6164   }
6165 
6166   if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) {
6167     llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6168     unsigned NumSGPR = Attr->getNumSGPR();
6169     if (NumSGPR != 0)
6170       F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_sgpr", llvm::utostr(NumSGPR));
6171   }
6172 }
6173 
6174 
6175 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6176 // SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
6177 // Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
6178 //
6179 // Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
6180 // registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
6181 // the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
6182 //
6183 // One case requires special care:
6184 //
6185 //   struct mixed {
6186 //     int i;
6187 //     float f;
6188 //   };
6189 //
6190 // When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
6191 // parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
6192 // is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
6193 // with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
6194 //
6195 //   declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
6196 //
6197 // The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
6198 // the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
6199 // bytes.
6200 //
6201 namespace {
6202 class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6203 public:
6204   SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6205 
6206 private:
6207   ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
6208   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
6209   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6210                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
6211 
6212   // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
6213   // serves two purposes:
6214   //
6215   // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
6216   //    in registers.
6217   // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
6218   //    code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
6219   //
6220   // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
6221   // aligned 32-bit floats.
6222   //
6223   struct CoerceBuilder {
6224     llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
6225     const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
6226     SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
6227     uint64_t Size;
6228     bool InReg;
6229 
6230     CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
6231       : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
6232 
6233     // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
6234     void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
6235       assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
6236       if (ToSize == Size)
6237         return;
6238 
6239       // Finish the current 64-bit word.
6240       uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64);
6241       if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
6242         Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
6243         Size = Aligned;
6244       }
6245 
6246       // Add whole 64-bit words.
6247       while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
6248         Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
6249         Size += 64;
6250       }
6251 
6252       // Final in-word padding.
6253       if (Size < ToSize) {
6254         Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
6255         Size = ToSize;
6256       }
6257     }
6258 
6259     // Add a floating point element at Offset.
6260     void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
6261       // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
6262       if (Offset % Bits)
6263         return;
6264       // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
6265       if (Bits < 64)
6266         InReg = true;
6267       pad(Offset);
6268       Elems.push_back(Ty);
6269       Size = Offset + Bits;
6270     }
6271 
6272     // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
6273     void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
6274       const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
6275       for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
6276         llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
6277         uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
6278         switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
6279         case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
6280           addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
6281           break;
6282         case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
6283           addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
6284           break;
6285         case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
6286           addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
6287           break;
6288         case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
6289           addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
6290           break;
6291         case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
6292           if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
6293             pad(ElemOffset);
6294             Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
6295             Size += 64;
6296           }
6297           break;
6298         default:
6299           break;
6300         }
6301       }
6302     }
6303 
6304     // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
6305     bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
6306       if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size())
6307         return false;
6308       for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i)
6309         if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i))
6310           return false;
6311       return true;
6312     }
6313 
6314     // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
6315     llvm::Type *getType() const {
6316       if (Elems.size() == 1)
6317         return Elems.front();
6318       else
6319         return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
6320     }
6321   };
6322 };
6323 } // end anonymous namespace
6324 
6325 ABIArgInfo
6326 SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
6327   if (Ty->isVoidType())
6328     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6329 
6330   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6331 
6332   // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
6333   // pointer / sret pointer.
6334   if (Size > SizeLimit)
6335     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
6336 
6337   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6338   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6339     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6340 
6341   // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
6342   if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
6343     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
6344 
6345   // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
6346   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
6347     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6348 
6349   // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
6350   // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
6351   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
6352     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
6353 
6354   // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
6355   // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
6356   llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
6357   if (!StrTy)
6358     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6359 
6360   CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
6361   CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
6362   CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
6363 
6364   // Try to use the original type for coercion.
6365   llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
6366 
6367   if (CB.InReg)
6368     return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
6369   else
6370     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
6371 }
6372 
6373 llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6374                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
6375   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
6376   llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6377   if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6378     AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6379 
6380   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
6381   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6382   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
6383   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6384   llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6385   llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6386   unsigned Stride;
6387 
6388   switch (AI.getKind()) {
6389   case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
6390   case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
6391     llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6392 
6393   case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6394     Stride = 8;
6395     ArgAddr = Builder
6396       .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy),
6397                           "extend");
6398     break;
6399 
6400   case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
6401     Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6402     ArgAddr = Addr;
6403     break;
6404 
6405   case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6406     Stride = 8;
6407     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr,
6408                                     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy),
6409                                     "indirect");
6410     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg");
6411     break;
6412 
6413   case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6414     return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6415   }
6416 
6417   // Update VAList.
6418   Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next");
6419   Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6420 
6421   return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
6422 }
6423 
6424 void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6425   FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
6426   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6427     I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
6428 }
6429 
6430 namespace {
6431 class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6432 public:
6433   SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6434     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6435 
6436   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
6437     return 14;
6438   }
6439 
6440   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6441                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
6442 };
6443 } // end anonymous namespace
6444 
6445 bool
6446 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6447                                                 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6448   // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
6449   // against gcc output.  AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
6450 
6451   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6452 
6453   llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
6454   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
6455   llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
6456 
6457   // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
6458   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
6459 
6460   // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
6461   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
6462 
6463   //   Y   = 64
6464   //   PSR = 65
6465   //   WIM = 66
6466   //   TBR = 67
6467   //   PC  = 68
6468   //   NPC = 69
6469   //   FSR = 70
6470   //   CSR = 71
6471   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
6472 
6473   // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
6474   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
6475 
6476   return false;
6477 }
6478 
6479 
6480 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6481 // XCore ABI Implementation
6482 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6483 
6484 namespace {
6485 
6486 /// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
6487 /// it by reference between functions that append to it.
6488 typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
6489 
6490 /// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
6491 ///
6492 /// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
6493 ///   1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
6494 ///   2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
6495 ///
6496 /// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
6497 ///   NonRecursive:   The type encoding is not recursive;
6498 ///   Recursive:      The type encoding is recursive;
6499 ///   Incomplete:     An incomplete TypeString;
6500 ///   IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
6501 ///                   Recursive type encoding.
6502 ///
6503 /// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
6504 /// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
6505 /// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
6506 /// the type is encountered.
6507 ///
6508 /// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
6509 /// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
6510 /// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
6511 /// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
6512 /// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
6513 ///
6514 /// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
6515 /// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
6516 /// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
6517 /// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
6518 /// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
6519 ///
6520 /// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
6521 ///
6522 ///   If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
6523 ///   cached encoding is used;
6524 ///
6525 ///   If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
6526 ///   cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
6527 ///
6528 ///   If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
6529 ///   cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
6530 ///
6531 ///   Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
6532 ///   entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
6533 ///   it is swapped back in;
6534 ///
6535 ///   If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
6536 ///   entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
6537 ///   IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
6538 ///
6539 ///   If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
6540 ///   IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
6541 ///   Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
6542 ///   been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
6543 ///
6544 class TypeStringCache {
6545   enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
6546   struct Entry {
6547     std::string Str;     // The encoded TypeString for the type.
6548     enum Status State;   // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
6549     std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
6550                          // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
6551   };
6552   std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
6553   unsigned IncompleteCount;     // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
6554   unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
6555 public:
6556   TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {};
6557   void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
6558   bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6559   void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6560                      bool IsRecursive);
6561   StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6562 };
6563 
6564 /// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
6565 /// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
6566 class FieldEncoding {
6567   bool HasName;
6568   std::string Enc;
6569 public:
6570   FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {};
6571   StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();};
6572   bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
6573     if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
6574     return Enc < rhs.Enc;
6575   }
6576 };
6577 
6578 class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
6579 public:
6580   XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
6581   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6582                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
6583 };
6584 
6585 class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6586   mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
6587 public:
6588   XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6589     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6590   void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6591                     CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
6592 };
6593 
6594 } // End anonymous namespace.
6595 
6596 llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6597                                      CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
6598   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6599 
6600   // Get the VAList.
6601   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr,
6602                                                        CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy);
6603   llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP);
6604 
6605   // Handle the argument.
6606   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
6607   llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6608   if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6609     AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6610   llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6611   llvm::Value *Val;
6612   uint64_t ArgSize = 0;
6613   switch (AI.getKind()) {
6614   case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
6615   case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
6616     llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6617   case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6618     Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6619     ArgSize = 0;
6620     break;
6621   case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6622   case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
6623     Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6624     ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6625     if (ArgSize < 4)
6626       ArgSize = 4;
6627     break;
6628   case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6629     llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6630     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy));
6631     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr);
6632     Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy);
6633     ArgSize = 4;
6634     break;
6635   }
6636 
6637   // Increment the VAList.
6638   if (ArgSize) {
6639     llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize);
6640     Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6641   }
6642   return Val;
6643 }
6644 
6645 /// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
6646 /// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
6647 /// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
6648 /// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
6649 /// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
6650 void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
6651                                     std::string StubEnc) {
6652   if (!ID)
6653     return;
6654   Entry &E = Map[ID];
6655   assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
6656          "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
6657   assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
6658   E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
6659   E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
6660   E.State = Incomplete;
6661   ++IncompleteCount;
6662 }
6663 
6664 /// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
6665 /// must be removed from the cache.
6666 /// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
6667 /// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
6668 bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6669   if (!ID)
6670     return false;
6671   auto I = Map.find(ID);
6672   assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
6673   Entry &E = I->second;
6674   assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
6675            E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
6676          "Entry must be an incomplete type");
6677   bool IsRecursive = false;
6678   if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
6679     // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
6680     IsRecursive = true;
6681     --IncompleteUsedCount;
6682   }
6683   if (E.Swapped.empty())
6684     Map.erase(I);
6685   else {
6686     // Swap the Recursive back.
6687     E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
6688     E.Swapped.clear();
6689     E.State = Recursive;
6690   }
6691   --IncompleteCount;
6692   return IsRecursive;
6693 }
6694 
6695 /// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
6696 /// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
6697 void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6698                                     bool IsRecursive) {
6699   if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
6700     return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
6701   Entry &E = Map[ID];
6702   if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
6703     assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
6704            "This is not the same Recursive entry");
6705     // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
6706     // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
6707     // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
6708     return;
6709   }
6710   assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
6711   E.Str = Str.str();
6712   E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
6713 }
6714 
6715 /// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
6716 /// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
6717 /// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
6718 StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6719   if (!ID)
6720     return StringRef();   // We have no key.
6721   auto I = Map.find(ID);
6722   if (I == Map.end())
6723     return StringRef();   // We have no encoding.
6724   Entry &E = I->second;
6725   if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
6726     return StringRef();   // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
6727 
6728   if (E.State == Incomplete) {
6729     // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
6730     E.State = IncompleteUsed;
6731     ++IncompleteUsedCount;
6732   }
6733   return E.Str.c_str();
6734 }
6735 
6736 /// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
6737 /// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
6738 /// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
6739 /// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
6740 /// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
6741 /// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
6742 ///
6743 /// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
6744 /// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
6745 /// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf>
6746 /// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
6747 ///
6748 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6749                           CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
6750 
6751 /// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
6752 void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6753                                           CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
6754   SmallStringEnc Enc;
6755   if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
6756     llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
6757     llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 2> MDVals;
6758     MDVals.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GV));
6759     MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
6760     llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
6761       CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
6762     MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
6763   }
6764 }
6765 
6766 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6767                        const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6768                        TypeStringCache &TSC);
6769 
6770 /// Helper function for appendRecordType().
6771 /// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order.
6772 static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
6773                              const RecordDecl *RD,
6774                              const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6775                              TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6776   for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
6777     SmallStringEnc Enc;
6778     Enc += "m(";
6779     Enc += Field->getName();
6780     Enc += "){";
6781     if (Field->isBitField()) {
6782       Enc += "b(";
6783       llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
6784       OS.resync();
6785       OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
6786       OS.flush();
6787       Enc += ':';
6788     }
6789     if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC))
6790       return false;
6791     if (Field->isBitField())
6792       Enc += ')';
6793     Enc += '}';
6794     FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc));
6795   }
6796   return true;
6797 }
6798 
6799 /// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
6800 /// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
6801 /// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
6802 static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
6803                              const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6804                              TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6805   // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6806   StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6807   if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6808     Enc += TypeString;
6809     return true;
6810   }
6811 
6812   // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
6813   size_t Start = Enc.size();
6814   Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
6815   Enc += '(';
6816   if (ID)
6817     Enc += ID->getName();
6818   Enc += "){";
6819 
6820   // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
6821   bool IsRecursive = false;
6822   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
6823   if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
6824     // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
6825     // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
6826     // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
6827     SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6828     std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
6829     StubEnc += '}';  // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
6830     TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
6831     if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
6832       (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6833       return false;
6834     }
6835     IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6836     // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
6837     // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
6838     if (RT->isUnionType())
6839       std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6840     // We can now complete the TypeString.
6841     unsigned E = FE.size();
6842     for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6843       if (I)
6844         Enc += ',';
6845       Enc += FE[I].str();
6846     }
6847   }
6848   Enc += '}';
6849   TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
6850   return true;
6851 }
6852 
6853 /// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
6854 static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
6855                            TypeStringCache &TSC,
6856                            const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6857   // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6858   StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6859   if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6860     Enc += TypeString;
6861     return true;
6862   }
6863 
6864   size_t Start = Enc.size();
6865   Enc += "e(";
6866   if (ID)
6867     Enc += ID->getName();
6868   Enc += "){";
6869 
6870   // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
6871   if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
6872     SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6873     for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
6874          ++I) {
6875       SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
6876       EnumEnc += "m(";
6877       EnumEnc += I->getName();
6878       EnumEnc += "){";
6879       I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
6880       EnumEnc += '}';
6881       FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
6882     }
6883     std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6884     unsigned E = FE.size();
6885     for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6886       if (I)
6887         Enc += ',';
6888       Enc += FE[I].str();
6889     }
6890   }
6891   Enc += '}';
6892   TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
6893   return true;
6894 }
6895 
6896 /// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
6897 /// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
6898 static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
6899   // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
6900   static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
6901   int Lookup = 0;
6902   if (QT.isConstQualified())
6903     Lookup += 1<<0;
6904   if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
6905     Lookup += 1<<1;
6906   if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
6907     Lookup += 1<<2;
6908   Enc += Table[Lookup];
6909 }
6910 
6911 /// Appends built-in types to Enc.
6912 static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
6913   const char *EncType;
6914   switch (BT->getKind()) {
6915     case BuiltinType::Void:
6916       EncType = "0";
6917       break;
6918     case BuiltinType::Bool:
6919       EncType = "b";
6920       break;
6921     case BuiltinType::Char_U:
6922       EncType = "uc";
6923       break;
6924     case BuiltinType::UChar:
6925       EncType = "uc";
6926       break;
6927     case BuiltinType::SChar:
6928       EncType = "sc";
6929       break;
6930     case BuiltinType::UShort:
6931       EncType = "us";
6932       break;
6933     case BuiltinType::Short:
6934       EncType = "ss";
6935       break;
6936     case BuiltinType::UInt:
6937       EncType = "ui";
6938       break;
6939     case BuiltinType::Int:
6940       EncType = "si";
6941       break;
6942     case BuiltinType::ULong:
6943       EncType = "ul";
6944       break;
6945     case BuiltinType::Long:
6946       EncType = "sl";
6947       break;
6948     case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
6949       EncType = "ull";
6950       break;
6951     case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6952       EncType = "sll";
6953       break;
6954     case BuiltinType::Float:
6955       EncType = "ft";
6956       break;
6957     case BuiltinType::Double:
6958       EncType = "d";
6959       break;
6960     case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
6961       EncType = "ld";
6962       break;
6963     default:
6964       return false;
6965   }
6966   Enc += EncType;
6967   return true;
6968 }
6969 
6970 /// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
6971 static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
6972                               const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6973                               TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6974   Enc += "p(";
6975   if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
6976     return false;
6977   Enc += ')';
6978   return true;
6979 }
6980 
6981 /// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
6982 static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
6983                             const ArrayType *AT,
6984                             const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6985                             TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
6986   if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
6987     return false;
6988   Enc += "a(";
6989   if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
6990     CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
6991   else
6992     Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
6993   Enc += ':';
6994   // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6995   appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
6996   if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
6997     return false;
6998   Enc += ')';
6999   return true;
7000 }
7001 
7002 /// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
7003 /// and the arguments.
7004 static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
7005                              const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7006                              TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7007   Enc += "f{";
7008   if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
7009     return false;
7010   Enc += "}(";
7011   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7012     // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
7013     auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
7014     auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
7015     if (I != E) {
7016       do {
7017         if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
7018           return false;
7019         ++I;
7020         if (I != E)
7021           Enc += ',';
7022       } while (I != E);
7023       if (FPT->isVariadic())
7024         Enc += ",va";
7025     } else {
7026       if (FPT->isVariadic())
7027         Enc += "va";
7028       else
7029         Enc += '0';
7030     }
7031   }
7032   Enc += ')';
7033   return true;
7034 }
7035 
7036 /// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
7037 /// type encodings.
7038 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
7039                        const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7040                        TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7041 
7042   QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
7043 
7044   if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
7045     // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7046     // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7047     return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
7048 
7049   appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
7050 
7051   if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
7052     return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
7053 
7054   if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
7055     return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
7056 
7057   if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
7058     return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7059 
7060   if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
7061     return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7062 
7063   if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
7064     return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7065 
7066   if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
7067     return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
7068 
7069   return false;
7070 }
7071 
7072 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
7073                           CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7074   if (!D)
7075     return false;
7076 
7077   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7078     if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7079       return false;
7080     return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
7081   }
7082 
7083   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
7084     if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7085       return false;
7086     QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
7087     if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
7088       // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
7089       // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7090       // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7091       return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
7092     }
7093     return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
7094   }
7095   return false;
7096 }
7097 
7098 
7099 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7100 // Driver code
7101 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7102 
7103 const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const {
7104   return getTarget().getTriple();
7105 }
7106 
7107 bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const {
7108   return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO();
7109 }
7110 
7111 const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
7112   if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
7113     return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
7114 
7115   const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
7116   switch (Triple.getArch()) {
7117   default:
7118     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7119 
7120   case llvm::Triple::le32:
7121     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7122   case llvm::Triple::mips:
7123   case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
7124     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
7125 
7126   case llvm::Triple::mips64:
7127   case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
7128     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
7129 
7130   case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
7131   case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: {
7132     AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
7133     if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
7134       Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
7135 
7136     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
7137   }
7138 
7139   case llvm::Triple::arm:
7140   case llvm::Triple::armeb:
7141   case llvm::Triple::thumb:
7142   case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
7143     {
7144       ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
7145       if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu")
7146         Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
7147       else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
7148                (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
7149                 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
7150         Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
7151 
7152       switch (Triple.getOS()) {
7153         case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
7154           return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7155                    new NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
7156         default:
7157           return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7158                    new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
7159       }
7160     }
7161 
7162   case llvm::Triple::ppc:
7163     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7164   case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
7165     if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
7166       PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
7167       if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2")
7168         Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
7169 
7170       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7171                new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
7172     } else
7173       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7174   case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: {
7175     assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
7176     PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
7177     if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1")
7178       Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
7179 
7180     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7181              new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
7182   }
7183 
7184   case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
7185   case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
7186     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7187 
7188   case llvm::Triple::msp430:
7189     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7190 
7191   case llvm::Triple::systemz:
7192     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7193 
7194   case llvm::Triple::tce:
7195     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7196 
7197   case llvm::Triple::x86: {
7198     bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
7199     bool IsSmallStructInRegABI =
7200         X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
7201     bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isOSWindows() && !Triple.isOSCygMing();
7202 
7203     if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
7204       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7205                new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
7206                                               IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
7207                                               IsWin32FloatStructABI,
7208                                               CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
7209     } else {
7210       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7211                new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
7212                                            IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
7213                                            IsWin32FloatStructABI,
7214                                            CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
7215     }
7216   }
7217 
7218   case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
7219     bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx";
7220 
7221     switch (Triple.getOS()) {
7222     case llvm::Triple::Win32:
7223       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7224                    new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
7225     case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
7226       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7227                    new NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
7228     default:
7229       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7230                    new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
7231     }
7232   }
7233   case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
7234     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7235   case llvm::Triple::r600:
7236     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7237   case llvm::Triple::amdgcn:
7238     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7239   case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
7240     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7241   case llvm::Triple::xcore:
7242     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7243   }
7244 }
7245